GERENCIA DE PROYECTOS
INGENIERIA DE DETALLES IMPULSIÓN DE AGUA DE MAR TEA, NUEVA VICTORIA.
N° DE PROYECTO 9500010981
INGENIERIA DE DETALLES
ESPECIFICACIÓN TÉCNICA
DE MATERIALES DE PIPING
DOCUMENTO SQM
Nº I0641-9673-ET-500-001
PAGINAS
DOCUMENTO INTERNO
1 de 47
N° P289-ESP-PI-001
APROBACIONES
REV.
A
B
FECHA
05/mar/23
POR
REV.
JEFE
PROYECTO
SQM
A. OLIVARES
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
J. ESTAY
K. OVIEDO
XXXX
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
F. PARGA
COORDINACION INTERNA
K. OVIEDO
XXXX
14/abr/23
PARA APROBACIÓN
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
C
DESCRIPCION
24/may/23
XXX
F. PARGA
K. OVIEDO
XXXX
XXX
PARA APROBACIÓN
INDICE
Páginas
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
6.
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
7.
8.
INTRODUCCIÓN .................................................................................................................. 3
OBJETIVO ............................................................................................................................. 4
LIMITE DE BATERÍA ......................................................................................................... 4
CÓDIGOS, NORMAS Y ESTÁNDARES INTERNACIONALES ................................... 4
DESIGNACIÓN DE ELEMENTOS PIPING...................................................................... 6
IDENTIFICACIÓN DE LÍNEAS ........................................................................................ 6
IDENTIFICACIÓN DE VÁLVULAS ................................................................................. 8
IDENTIFICACIÓN DE PLACAS ORIFICIO ..................................................................... 9
MISCELÁNEOS .................................................................................................................. 9
SOPORTES ........................................................................................................................ 10
CÓDIGOS DE CLASE DE MATERIAL........................................................................... 11
CLASE A11........................................................................................................................ 12
CLASE A12........................................................................................................................ 13
CLASE A13........................................................................................................................ 16
CLASE A14........................................................................................................................ 19
CLASE A15........................................................................................................................ 22
CLASE A16........................................................................................................................ 24
CLASE A17........................................................................................................................ 27
CLASE P2 .......................................................................................................................... 30
CLASE R11 ........................................................................................................................ 32
CLASE R12 ........................................................................................................................ 34
CLASE R13 ........................................................................................................................ 36
CLASE R14 ........................................................................................................................ 38
CLASE S11 ........................................................................................................................ 40
ESQUEMA DE CONEXIONES ......................................................................................... 42
ABREVIACIONES .............................................................................................................. 45
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Página 2 de 47
1.
INTRODUCCIÓN
SQM a través de la Gerencia de Proyectos, está en la fase de ejecución del
Proyecto de Impulsión de Agua de Mar TEA, el cual consiste en un sistema de
aducción, tuberías y estaciones de bombeo para levantar un máximo de 900 l/s
desde la playa el sector de Puerto Patillo, ubicada a 62 km al sur de la ciudad de
Iquique, hasta las pozas de recepción ubicadas en la zona de Pampa Hermosa
Oeste a una elevación de 1024 msnm, cercano a la antigua oficina salitrera
Victoria, con un largo total de ductos desde la aducción a la piscina de recepción
de casi 44 km.
La captación de agua de mar ubicada en sector Puerto Patillo se realizará a través
de una torre de captación y un ducto submarino. La tubería de captación,
contrapesos y paso por la rompiente alimentara una sentina con sistema de
compuertas y filtro de rejas en las cual se disponen bombas verticales multietapa
denominada estación bombeo auxiliar (EBA). La EBA alimentará una estación de
bombeo principal (EBP) ubicada aproximadamente a 2 kilómetros de distancia, la
cual recibirá el agua en un estanque de almacenamiento y utilizará un sistema de
bombas centrífugas horizontales multietapa para su impulsión hasta las piscinas
de recepción en el punto de destino, ubicadas en el sector de Pampa Hermosa,
conducción que en total posee una longitud de 40 kilómetros aproximadamente. El
pipeline en su trazado contará con tres piscinas de emergencia, ubicadas en
puntos de acumulación a lo largo de su extensión.
El presente servicio de ingeniería, solicitado por SQM a JRI Ingeniería S.A., se
ampara en el Contrato N°9500010981, denominado “Ingeniería de Detalles
Impulsión de Agua de Mar Tea, Nueva Victoria”.
Este documento corresponde a la Especificación Técnica de Materiales Piping, el
cual suscriben JRI y SQM.
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Página 3 de 47
2.
OBJETIVO
El objetivo del presente documento corresponde a establecer los requerimientos
mínimos para la selección de tuberías, válvulas, fittings, entre otros elementos de
piping requeridos para el proyecto “Ingeniería de Detalles Impulsión de Agua de
Mar Tea, Nueva Victoria”.
3.
LIMITE DE BATERÍA
El límite de baterías del presente documento corresponde al siguiente:
 Por aguas arriba:
 Por aguas abajo:
4.
sentina de impulsión de la estación de bombeo auxiliar
descarga de tubería de impulsión en pozas de recepción
CÓDIGOS, NORMAS Y ESTÁNDARES INTERNACIONALES
Los diseños deben considerar la última versión de los siguientes códigos y
estándares:
API (American Petroleum Institute)
5L
15LE
6D
1104
594
600
609
Specification for Line Pipe.
Specification for Polyethylene Line Pipe (PE).
Specification for Pipeline and Piping Valves
Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities
Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer, and Butt-welding
Steel Gate Valves—Flanged and Butt-welding Ends, Bolted
Bonnets
Butterfly Valves: Double-flanged, Lug- and Wafer-type, and
Butt-welding Ends
ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers)
B1.1
B1.20.1
B16.1
B16.5
B16.3
B16.34
B16.47
B16.9
B16.11
B16.20
B16.21
B16.25
B16.39
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form).
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).
Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.
Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Welding End.
Large Diameter Steel Flanges.
Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings.
Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded.
Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Ring-Joint, Spiral-Wound,
Jacketed.
Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges.
Buttwelding Ends.
Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions.
Página 4 de 47
B16.42
B18.2.1
B31.3
B31.4
B36.10
B36.19
Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series).
Process Piping.
Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids & Slurries
Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
Stainless Steel Pipe.
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)
A53
A105
A106
A126
A193
A182
A194
A216
A234
A307
A312
A403
A694
A790
A815
A860
D1784
D3350
F714
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Pipe, steel, black and hot-dipped, zinc-coated, welded and
seamless.
Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications.
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service.
Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges
Fittings and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service
Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature
or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose
Applications.
Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges,
Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature
Service
Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or
High Temperature Service, or Both.
Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for
High-Temperature Service.
Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
Moderate and High Temperature Service.
Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60000 PSI Tensile Strength.
Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipes.
Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings.
Carbon and alloy steel forgings for pipe flanges, fittings,
valves, and parts for high-pressure transmission service
Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe
Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic/Austenitic, and Martensitic Stainless
Steel Piping Fittings
Wrought high-strength ferritic steel butt-welding fittings of
seamless and electric fusion-welded construction
Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials.
Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside
Diameter.
Página 5 de 47
F441
Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Sch.
40 and 80.
AWS (American Welding Society)
D1.1 - 2010
D1.3 - 2008
D1.6 - 2007
Structural Welding Code – Steel.
Structural Welding Code – Sheet Steel.
Structural Welding Code – Stainless Steel.
AWWA (American Water Works Association)
C207 - 2007
C208 - 2007
Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Work Service.
Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings.
MSS (Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry)
SP-44
SP-55
SP-67
SP-75
SP-80
SP-97
Steel pipeline flanges specifications covers pressuretemperature ratings, materials, dimensions, tolerances and
testings.
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and
Fittings and Other Piping Components - Visual method for
evaluation of Surface Irregularities.
Butterfly Valves.
Standard specification for high-test, wrought, butt-welding
fittings
Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves.
Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings – Socket
Welding, Threaded, and Buttwelding Ends.
ISO (International Organization for Standardization)
4427
5.
5.1
Polyethylene (PE) pipes and fittings for water supply
DESIGNACIÓN DE ELEMENTOS PIPING
IDENTIFICACIÓN DE LÍNEAS
Las cañerías serán identificadas utilizando la nomenclatura siguiente:
DD – AAA – MMMMM – SS – XXXX
Donde:
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Página 6 de 47
DD:
Diámetro nominal de la cañería. Las cañerías de acero se especifican
en pulgadas y las cañerías de HDPE se especifican en milímetros. La
equivalencia de diámetros de cañería entre ambos materiales se
muestra en la Tabla 5-1 .
AAA:
Material de cañería, de acuerdo a Tabla 6-1
MMMMM: Identificación del área según codificación, ver Tabla 5-2.
SS:
Identificación del servicio de acuerdo a Tabla 5-3
XXXX:
Número correlativo de la línea. Cada cambio de zona del proyecto
reestablece la numeración.
Los arranques de drenaje serán considerados como líneas individuales y tendrán
su respectivo número de línea.
Tabla 5-1 Equivalencia diámetros de cañerías
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Diámetro Nominal
Cañería Acero
[in]
Diámetro Nominal
Cañería Acero
[mm]
Diámetro Exterior
Cañería HDPE
[mm]
½
¾
15
20
20
25
1
1½
25
40
32
50
2
3
50
80
63
90
4
6
100
150
110
180
8
200
225
10
12
250
300
280
315
14
16
350
400
355
400
18
20
450
500
450
500
22
24
550
600
560
630
26
28
650
700
710
30
32
750
800
800
34
36
850
900
900
40
1000
1000
42
1050
Página 7 de 47
Tabla 5-2 Codificación zona de proyecto
Código
96113
96116
Zona proyecto
Estación de Bombeo Auxiliar /
Trazado EBA
Estación de Bombeo Principal /
Trazado EBP / Estación Terminal
Tabla 5-3 Codificación servicios
Código
5.2
Servicios
SW
Agua de Mar
BR
Salmuera
IDENTIFICACIÓN DE VÁLVULAS
La nomenclatura utilizada para denominar las válvulas del proyecto en los
documentos mencionados corresponde a la siguiente:
DD”-TT-XYZZ
Donde:
DD: Diámetro nominal
TT: Tipo de Accionamiento Tabla 5-4
XY: Tipo de válvula, según Tabla 5-5.
ZZ: Identificador de Válvula según clase, material, construcción, entre otros.
Tabla 5-4 Códigos de Válvulas
Código
Tipo de válvula
HV
Válvula accionamiento eléctrico
FV
Válvula accionamiento manual
XV
Válvula Automática
Tabla 5-5 Códigos de Válvulas
Código
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Tipo de válvula
11
Válvula Retención
12
Válvula Mariposa
Página 8 de 47
Código
5.3
Tipo de válvula
13
Válvula Cuchillo
14
Válvula Compuerta
15
Válvula Bola
16
Válvula Alivio
17
Válvula Ventosa
IDENTIFICACIÓN DE PLACAS ORIFICIO
La nomenclatura utilizada para denominar las placas orificio del proyecto en los
documentos mencionados corresponde a la siguiente:
DD- PP-XYZ
Donde:
DD: Diámetro en Pulgadas
PP: Tipo de elemento, según Tabla 5-6.
XYZ: Correlativo único de cada placa, considerando:
 X: Número de piscina de Drenaje
 Y: Número asociado a la Clase ASME
 Z: Número asignado diámetro de perforación
Tabla 5-6 Códigos de Tipos de Placas
Código
FO
VA
5.4
Tipo de Placa
Placa Orificio
Vacancia
MISCELÁNEOS
La nomenclatura utilizada para denominar los elementos misceláneos del proyecto
en los documentos mencionados corresponde a la siguiente:
MIS-XX
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Página 9 de 47
Donde:
XX: Identificador de elementos misceláneos, según Tabla 5-7.
Tabla 5-7 Códigos de Elementos Misceláneos
Código
01
02
03
5.5
Tipo de Misceláneos
Unión desmontable
Unión Flexible
Manguerote
SOPORTES
La designación de soportes estará de acuerdo a:
SX-YY
Donde:
SX: Tipo de soporte (Silla / Abrazadera / Perno U)
YY: Identificador
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-C
Página 10 de 47
6.
CÓDIGOS DE CLASE DE MATERIAL
Tabla 6-1 Código de Clase de Material
Clase
Servicio
Índice
Servicio
Límite Presión
(psi) /
Temperatura (°C)
A11
Agua de Mar
SW
1.595 / 38
API 5L X65, SAWL, PSL 2
revestimiento interno FBE
ASTM A860 WPHY65
ASTM A694 Gr F65
B31.4
900
A12
Agua de Mar
SW
1.015 / 38
API 5L X65, SAWL, PSL 2,
revestimiento interno FBE
ASTM A860 WPHY65
ASTM A694 Gr F65
B31.4
600
A13
Agua de Mar
SW
783 / 38
API 5L X65, SAWL, PSL 2
revestimiento interno FBE
ASTM A860 WPHY65
ASTM A694 Gr F65
B31.4
600
A14
Agua de Mar
SW
740 / 38
API 5L X65, SAWL, PSL 2,
revestimiento interno FBE
ASTM A860 WPHY65
ASTM A694 Gr F65
B31.4
300
A15
Agua de Mar
SW
285 / 38
API 5L X65, SAWL, PSL 2,
revestimiento interno FBE
ASTM A860 WPHY65
ASTM A694 Gr F65
B31.4
150
A16
Agua de Mar
SW
285 / 38
ASTM A234 WPB
ASTM A105
B31.4
150
A17
Agua de Mar
SW
2.220 / 38
P2
Agua de Mar
Salmuera
SW
BR
230 / 38
R11
Agua de Mar
SW
R12
Agua de Mar
R13
Material Cañerías
Material
Fitting
Material
Flanges
Código de
Diseño
Clase
ASME
ASTM A53 Gr. B / API 5L
Gr. B Revestimiento interno
Poliuretano moldeado 8mm
API 5L X65, SAWL, PSL2
Revestimiento interno
Poliuretano modelado 8mm
HDPE ISO 4427 PE100
PN16
ASTM A234 WPB
ASTM A105
B31.4
900
HDPE PE100 PN16
D16963
ASTM A105
ASTM A36
B31.4
150
285 / 38
ASTM A790 S31803
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
ASTM A182 Gr. F51
B31.4
150
SW
2.220 / 38
ASTM A790 S31803
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
ASTM A182 Gr. F51
B31.4
900
Agua de Mar
SW
740 / 38
ASTM A790 S31803
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
ASTM A182 Gr. F51
B31.4
300
R14
Agua de Mar
SW
1.480 / 38
ASTM A790 S31803
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
ASTM A182 Gr. F51
B31.4
600
Agua de Mar
Agua de
Osmosis
SW
S11
285 / 38
ASTM A312 Gr. TP316
ASTM A182 GR. F316
ASTM A403 WP316
ASTM A182 GR. F316
B31.3
150
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
BR
Página 11 de 47
6.1
CLASE A11
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 900 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 1595 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
CODIGO
A11
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
32”
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, ESP: 15,88 mm, ASME
B36.10, BE, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO 3LPE
FLANGES
32”
FLANGE WN, MSS SP-44, CLASE 900 RF, ASTM A694 Gr F65,
BORE 781,0 mm
32”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 900, ASTM A694 Gr F65
FITTINGS
32”
32”
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2 ESP:
15,88 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO 3LPE
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2 ESP:
15,88 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO 3LPE
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
3¼”
32”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS C/DOS
GOLILLAS HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
900, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES MSS SP-44, CLASE 900 RF THK 3 mm
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
Página 12 de 47
6.2
CLASE A12
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 1.015 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
A12
REV:
DATE:
DESCRIPCIÓN
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
10”
16”
32”
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, SCH STD, ASME B36.10, BE
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, SCH STD, ASME B36.10, BE
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL, ESP: 11,11 mm, BE ,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
FLANGES
32”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF, ASTM
A694 Gr. F65
FLANGE WN STD STD, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600 RF, ASTM A694
Gr. F65,
FLANGE WN RF, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65,
BORE 790,6 mm
10”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
16”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
32”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
10”
16”
FITTINGS
16”
16”
16”
14”
32”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
CODO 90° RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH STD, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45° RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH STD, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 SCH STD,
CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860
WPHY65 SCH STD, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO
INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
ESP: 11,1 mm, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO
FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2 ESP:
11,11 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
Página 13 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
32”
32”
32”
A12
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 1.015 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2 ESP:
11,11 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 ESP 11,11 mm,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURERTANO
TEE REDUCCIÓN, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 ESP
11,11 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
VÁLVULAS
32”
HV-1504
10” – 24”
FV-1209
10”
XV-1703
VÁLVULA DE BOLA TRUNION, API 6D, PASO COMPLETO,
RATING B16.34 CLASE 600, CUERPO Y BOLA ACERO ASTM
A182 F51, ASIENTOS METAL-METAL, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME
B16.10, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 600,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
VÁVULA VENTOSA, TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 600 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM: ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
ACCESORIOS
16”
FO-361
16”
VA-361
PLACA ORIFICIO DIAMETROS SEGÚN MEMORIAS DE
CÁLCULO, FABRICACIÓN EN ACERO INOXIDABLE ASTM A240
TP316, MONTAJE ENTRE FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 600
VACANCIA SEGÚN MEMORIAS DE CÁLCULO, FABRICACIÓN
EN ACERO INOXIDABLE ASTM A240 TP316, MONTAJE ENTRE
FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 600
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
1¼” – 2¼”
1¼” – 2¼”
1¼” – 2¼”
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
600, RF, FLG ASME B16.5, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
Página 14 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
A12
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 1.015 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
FLEXITALLIC
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
ESTILO CGI O
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EQUIVALENTE
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
FLEXITALLIC
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
ESTILO CGI O
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EQUIVALENTE
Página 15 de 47
6.3
CLASE A13
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 783 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
A13
REV:
DATE:
DESCRIPCIÓN
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
10”
16”
32”
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, SCH STD, ASME B36.10, BE
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, SCH STD, ASME B36.10, BE
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL, ESP: 9,53 mm, BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
FLANGES
32”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF, ASTM
A694 Gr. F65
FLANGE WN STD STD, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600 RF, ASTM A694
Gr. F65,
FLANGE WN RF, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65,
BORE 790,6 mm
10”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
16”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
32”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 600, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
10”
16”
FITTINGS
16”
16”
16”
14”
32”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
CODO 90° RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH STD, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45° RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH STD, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 SCH STD,
CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860
WPHY65 SCH STD, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO
INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
ESP: 9,53 mm, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO
FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2 ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
Página 16 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
32”
32”
32”
A13
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 783 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2 ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 ESP 9,53 mm,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURERTANO
TEE REDUCCIÓN, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 ESP
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
VÁLVULAS
32”
HV-1504
10” – 24”
FV-1209
10”
XV-1703
VÁLVULA DE BOLA TRUNION, API 6D, PASO COMPLETO,
RATING B16.34 CLASE 600, CUERPO Y BOLA ACERO ASTM
A182 F51, ASIENTOS METAL-METAL, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME
B16.10, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 600,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
VÁVULA VENTOSA, TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 600 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM: ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
ACCESORIOS
16”
FO-461
16”
VA-461
PLACA ORIFICIO DIAMETROS SEGÚN MEMORIAS DE
CÁLCULO, FABRICACIÓN EN ACERO INOXIDABLE ASTM A 240
TP316, MONTAJE ENTRE FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 600
VACANCIA SEGÚN MEMORIAS DE CÁLCULO, FABRICACIÓN
EN ACERO INOXIDABLE ASTM A 240 TP316, MONTAJE ENTRE
FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 600
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
1¼” – 2¼”
1¼” – 2¼”
1¼” – 2¼”
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
600, RF, FLG ASME B16.5, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
Página 17 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
A13
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 783 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
FLEXITALLIC
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
ESTILO CGI O
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EQUIVALENTE
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
FLEXITALLIC
600, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
ESTILO CGI O
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EQUIVALENTE
Página 18 de 47
6.4
CLASE A14
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 300 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 740 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
A14
REV:
DATE:
DESCRIPCIÓN
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
10”
16”
32”
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL PSL2, SCH 20, BE ,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL PSL2, SCH 20, BE ,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, ESP 9,53 mm , BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
FLANGES
32”
FLANGE WN SCH 20, ASME B16.5, CLASE 300 RF, ASTM A694
Gr. F65
FLANGE WN SCH 20, MSS SP-44, CLASE 300 RF, ASTM A694
Gr F65
FLANGE WN, MSS SP-44, CLASE 300RF, ASTM A694 Gr F65,
BORE 793,7 mm
10”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 300, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
16”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 300, ASTM A694 Gr F65
32”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 300, ASTM A694 Gr F65
10”
16”
FITTINGS
16”
16”
16”
16”
32”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
CODO 90 RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH 20, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45 RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH 20, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 SCH 20,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860
WPHY65 SCH 20, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO
FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
ESP: 9,53 mm, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO
FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
Página 19 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
32”
32”
32”
A14
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 300 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 740 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65, ESP: 9,53 mm,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURERTANO
TEE REDUCCIÓN, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
VÁLVULAS
32”
HV-1503
10” – 24”
FV-1208
10”
XV-1702
VÁLVULA DE BOLA TRUNION, API 6D, PASO COMPLETO,
RATING B16.34 CLASE 300, CUERPO Y BOLA ACERO ASTM
A182 F51, ASIENTOS METAL-METAL, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME
B16.10, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 300,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
VÁVULA VENTOSA, TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 300 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM: ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
ACCESORIOS
16”
FO-531
16”
VA-531
PLACA ORIFICIO DIAMETROS SEGÚN MEMORIAS DE
CÁLCULO, FABRICACIÓN EN ACERO INOXIDABLE ASTM A 240
TP316, MONTAJE ENTRE FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 300
VACANCIA SEGÚN MEMORIAS DE CÁLCULO, FABRICACIÓN
EN ACERO INOXIDABLE ASTM A 240 TP316, MONTAJE ENTRE
FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 300
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
1” – 1⅞”
1” – 1⅞”
1” – 1⅞”
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
300, RF, FLG ASME B16.5, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
300, RF, FLG ASME B16.5, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, CLASE
300, RF, FLG MSS SP-44, FLEXITE SUPER FILLER, 304 SS
WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING, THK 3 mm
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
Página 20 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
A14
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 300 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 740 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 300 RF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 300 RF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES MSS SP-44, CLASE 300 RF THK 3 mm
Página 21 de 47
6.5
CLASE A15
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 150 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
A15
REV:
DATE:
DESCRIPCIÓN
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
10”
16”
32”
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL PSL2, SCH 10, BE ,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL PSL2, SCH 10, BE ,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65, SAWL PSL2, ESP: 9,53 mm, BE ,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURETANO
FLANGES
32”
FLANGE WN SCH 10, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A694
Gr. F65
FLANGE WN SCH 10, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A694
Gr F65,
FLANGE WN RF, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150, ASTM A694 Gr F65,
BORE 793,9 mm
10”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150, ASTM A694 Gr. F65
16”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150, ASTM A694 Gr F65
32”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150, ASTM A694 Gr F65
10”
16”
FITTINGS
16”
16”
16”
16”
32”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
TEE RECTA, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65 SCH 10, CON
PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 90 RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH 10, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45 RADIO LARGO, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
SCH 10, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860
WPHY65 SCH 10, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO
FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN BE, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65
ESP: 9,53 mm, CON PIG BARS, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO
FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
Página 22 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
32”
32”
32”
A15
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 150 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L X65 SAWL PSL2, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65, ESP: 9,53 mm,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
POLIURERTANO
TEE REDUCCIÓN, MSS SP-75, ASTM A860 WPHY65, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
VÁLVULAS
32”
HV-1501
10” – 24”
FV-1206
10”
XV-1701
VÁLVULA DE BOLA TRUNION, API 6D, PASO COMPLETO,
RATING B16.34 CLASE 150, CUERPO Y BOLA ACERO ASTM
A182 F51, ASIENTOS METAL-METAL, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME
B16.10, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
VÁVULA VENTOSA, TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM: ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅞” – 1½”
⅞” – 1½”
⅞” – 1½”
10”
16”
32”
10”
16”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN MSS SP-44 CLASE 150 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 RF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 RF THK 3 mm
Página 23 de 47
6.6
CLASE A16
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: ASTM A53 /API 5L GR. B
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A105
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
A16
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
2” – 24”
26” – 36”
48”
TUBERÍA ASTM A 53 Gr. B, ERW, SCH STD, BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L Gr. B, SAWL PSL2, ESP: 9,53 mm, BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L Gr. B, SAWL PSL2, ESP: 9,53 mm, BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURETANO
FLANGES
2” – 24”
2” – 24”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 FF, ASTM
A105
FLANGE WN SCH STD, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM
A105
26” – 48”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 FF, ASTM A105
26” – 48”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A105
2” - 24”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150, ASTM A105
26” – 48”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 150, ASTM A105
FITTINGS
6” – 36”
6” – 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
CODO 90° RADIO LARGO SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM, A234
WPB REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45° RADIO LARGO SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM
A234 WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L Gr. B, SAWL PSL2, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
Página 24 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: ASTM A53 /API 5L GR. B
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A105
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
A16
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L Gr. B, SAWL PSL2, ESP:
9,53 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
32”
48”
VÁLVULAS
8”
XV-1601
2” – 3”
FV-1506
4 – 6”
HV-1301
8” – 36”
HV-1302
8” – 36”
HV-1303
3” – 4”
FV-1204
6” – 24”
FV-1206
16”
XV-1101
10”
XV-1701
VÁLVULA DE ALIVIO DE PRESIÓN, API 526, CONEXIÓN PARA
FLANGES AME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM ASTM
A182 F51
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 150 RF, PASO REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA:
ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE CUCHILLO CUERPO ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15,
CUCHILLO DUPLEX 2205, CONEXIÓN LUG PARA FLANGES
CLASE 150 FF, ACTUADOR MANUAL CON VOLANTE
VÁLVULA DE CUCHILLO CUERPO ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15,
CUCHILLO DUPLEX 2205, CONEXIÓN LUG PARA FLANGES
CLASE 150 FF, ACTUADOR MANUAL CON VOLANTE Y CAJA
DE ENGRANAJES
VÁLVULA DE CUCHILLO CUERPO ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15,
CUCHILLO DUPLEX 2205, CONEXIÓN LUG PARA FLANGES
CLASE 150 FF, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
VÁLVULA RETENCIÓN, SWING CHECK, CUERPO Y TRIM,
ASTM A182 F51, SELLO EN EPDM, RATING ASME B16.34,
CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CL 150 RF, AVANCE SEGÚN
ASME B16.10
VÁVULA VENTOSA, TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM: ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
ACCESORIOS
16”
MIS-01
16”
MIS-02
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
UNIÓN DESMONTABLE TIPO VIKING JOHNSON PARA
CONEXIÓN ENTRE FLANGES ASME B16.5 CLASE 150, ACERO
DÚPLEX 2205
UNIÓN MECÁNICA FLEXIBLE TIPO DRESSER ESTILO 38,
ACERO DÚPLEX 2205
Página 25 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
8 – 16”
MIS-03
A16
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: ASTM A53 /API 5L GR. B DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A105
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
MANGUEROTE GOMA NATURAL REFORZADA TIPO VULCO
564 CON CONEXIÓN FLANGEADA ASME B16.5 CLASE 150
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅝” – 1½”
⅝” – 1½”
⅝” – 1½”
2” – 24”
2” – 24”
26” – 48”
26” – 48”
2” – 24”
2” – 24”
26” – 32”
26” – 32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 FF
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN MSS SP-44 CLASE 150 FF
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN MSS SP-44 CLASE 150 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 FF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 FF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES MSS SP-44, CLASE 150 RF THK 3 mm
Página 26 de 47
6.7
CLASE A17
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 900 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 1.595 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
A17
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
6” – 20”
24” – 34”
36”
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, SCH STD, BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURETANO
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, SCH 30, ASME B36.10, BE,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO
3LPE
TUBERÍA API 5L X65 PSL2, SAWL, ESP: 19,5 mm, ASME B36.10,
BE, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO FBE, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO 3LPE
FLANGES
36”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, ASME B16.5, CLASE 900 RF, ASTM
A694 Gr F65
FLANGE WN SCH 30, MSS SP-44, CLASE 900 RF, ASTM A694
Gr F65
FLANGE WN ESP: 19,5 mm , MSS SP-44, CLASE 900 RF, ASTM
A694 Gr F65
2” - 24”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 900, ASTM A694 Gr F65
26” – 36”
FLANGE CIEGO, MSS SP-44, CLASE 900, ASTM A694 Gr F65
2” – 24”
26” – 32”
FITTINGS
6” – 24”
26” – 32”
6” – 24”
26” – 32”
6” - 24”
26” – 32”
6” - 24”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
CODO 90° RADIO LARGO SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM, A234
WPB REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 90° RADIO LARGO SCH 30, ASME B16.9, ASTM, A234
WPB REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45° RADIO LARGO SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CODO 45° RADIO LARGO SCH 30, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM
A234 WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA SCH 30, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
Página 27 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 900 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 1.595 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
A17
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA SCH 30, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234
WPB, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE RECTA SCH 30, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN SCH STD, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
TEE DE REDUCCIÓN SCH 30, ASME B16.9, ASTM A234 WPB,
REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO, REVESTIMIENTO
EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 90° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L Gr. B, SAWL PSL2, ESP:
15,88 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
CURVA 45° 5D, ASME B16.49, API 5L Gr. B, SAWL PSL2, ESP:
15,88 mm, REVESTIMIENTO INTERNO POLIURETANO,
REVESTIMIENTO EXTERNO POLIURERTANO
26” – 32”
6” – 24”
26” – 32”
6” – 24”
26” – 32”
32”
32”
VÁLVULAS
10”
XV-1602
32”
FV-1505
2” – 20”
FV-1510
2” – 20”
FV-1511
20”
XV-1102
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
VÁLVULA DE ALIVIO DE PRESIÓN, API 526, CONEXIÓN PARA
FLANGES AME B16.5 CLASE 900 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM ASTM
A182 F51
VÁLVULA DE BOLA TRUNION, API 6D, PASO COMPLETO,
RATING B16.34 CLASE 900, FLANGES MSS SP-44 CLASE 900,
CUERPO Y BOLA ACERO ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTOS METALMETAL, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API 608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 900, FLANGE ASME B16.5 CLASE 900 RF, PASO
REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE
SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE
ENGRANAJES
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API 608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 900, FLANGE ASME B16.5 CLASE 900 RF, PASO
REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE
SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA RETENCIÓN, SWING CHECK, CUERPO Y TRIM,
ASTM A182 F51, SELLO EN EPDM, RATING ASME B16.34,
CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CL 150 RF, AVANCE SEGÚN
ASME B16.10
Página 28 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
10
XV-1701
A17
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: API 5L X65
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A694 Gr F65
CLASE 900 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 1.595 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
VÁVULA VENTOSA , TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 900 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅞” – 3½”
⅞” – 3½”
⅞” – 3½”
2” – 24”
26” – 36”
2” – 24”
26” – 36”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS C/DOS
GOLILLAS HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, FLEXITE
SUPER FILLER, 304 SS WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING,
ESPESOR 1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE
900 RF
EMPAQUETADURA ESPIROMETALICA, ASME 16.20, FLEXITE
SUPER FILLER, 304 SS WINDING STRIP, 304 SS GUIDE RING,
ESPESOR 1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN MSS SP-44 CLASE
900 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 900 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN MSS SP-44 CLASE 900 RF
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
FLEXITALLIC
ESTILO CGI O
EQUIVALENTE
Página 29 de 47
6.8
CLASE P2
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
SALMUERA (BR)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
PIPES: HDPE PE100 PN16
VALVES: FLANGES: ASTM A105 / A36
CLASE CL 150 FF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.3
PRESSURE: 16bar
TEMPERATURE: 38 ºC
P2
REV:
DATE:
DESCRIPCIÓN
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
CAÑERÍA HDPE PE100 PN16, ISO 4427,SOLDADO POR
TERMOFUSIÓN
63-1000
FITTING
CODO MITRADO 90°, HDPE PE100 PN16,D16963, SOLDADO
POR TERMOFUSIÓN
CODO MITRADO 45°, HDPE PE100 PN16,D16963, SOLDADO
POR TERMOFUSIÓN
TEE RECTA, HDPE PE100 PN16,D16963, SOLDADO POR
TERMOFUSIÓN
TEE REDUCCIÓN, HDPE PE100 PN16,D16963, SOLDADO POR
TERMOFUSIÓN
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA HDPE PE100 PN16,D16963,
SOLDADO POR TERMOFUSIÓN
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA, HDPE PE100 PN16,D16963,
SOLDADO POR TERMOFUSIÓN
STUB END, HDPE PE100 PN16, D16963, SOLDADO POR
TERMOFUSIÓN
STUB END CON REBAJE PARA CONEXIÓN VÁLVULA
MARIPOSA, HDPE PE100 PN16, D16963, SOLDADO POR
TERMOFUSIÓN
63-1200
63-1200
63-12000
63-1200
63-1200
63-1200
63-1200
63-1200
FLANGES
FLANGE BACKING CONEXIÓN ASME B16.5, BORE DIN 2673,
ASTM A105
FLANGE BACKING CONEXIÓN AWWA C207 CL E, BORE DIN
2673, ASTM A36
2”- 24”
26”- 48”
2”- 48”
FLANGE CIEGO, AWWA C207 CLASE E, ASTM A36,
VÁLVULAS
2” – 3”
FV-1506
4” – 6”
HV-1301
8” – 36”
HV-1302
8” – 36”
HV-1303
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 150 RF, PASO REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA:
ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE CUCHILLO CUERPO ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15,
CUCHILLO DUPLEX 2205, CONEXIÓN LUG PARA FLANGES
CLASE 150, ACTUADOR MANUAL CON VOLANTE
VÁLVULA DE CUCHILLO CUERPO ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15,
CUCHILLO DUPLEX 2205, CONEXIÓN LUG PARA FLANGES
CLASE 150, ACTUADOR MANUAL CON VOLANTE Y CAJA DE
ENGRANAJES
VÁLVULA DE CUCHILLO CUERPO ASTM A395 Gr. 65-45-15,
Página 30 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
SALMUERA (BR)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
3” – 4”
FV-1204
6” – 24”
FV-1206
10”
XV-1701
P2
MATERIALES
REV:
PIPES: HDPE PE100 PN16
DATE:
VALVES: FLANGES: ASTM A105 / A36
CLASE CL 150 FF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.3
CORROSION
PRESSURE: 16bar
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURE: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CUCHILLO DUPLEX 2205, CONEXIÓN LUG PARA FLANGES
CLASE 150, ACTUADOR ELÉCTRICO
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
VÁVULA VENTOSA, TRIPLE EFECTO, AWWA D512, CONEXIÓN
ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF, CUERPO Y TRIM: ASTM A182 F51,
SELLOS: TEFLON REFORZADO
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅝” – 1½”
⅝” – 1½”
⅝” – 1½”
2” – 24”
26” – 48”
2” – 24”
26” – 32”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B7 C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.2H C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A307 Gr. B C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.2H
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A307 Gr. B
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN AWWA C207 CLASE E
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF THK 3 mm
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES AWWA C207 CLASE E, THK 3 mm
Página 31 de 47
6.9
CLASE R11
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 150 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
R11
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
1” – 2”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH 10, ASME B36.10M, PE
3” – 4”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH 10, ASME B36.10M, BE
FLANGES
1” - 2”
FLANGE SW, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
3” – 4”
FLANGE SO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
1” - 4”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
FITTINGS
CODO 90° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE
3000, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 90° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
SOCKOLET, MSS SP-97, SCH. STD, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
VÁLVULAS
1" - 2"
FV-1506
3” – 4”
FV-1204
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 150 RF, PASO REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA:
ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON PALANCA
Página 32 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 150 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
CODIGO
R11
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
½” – ⅝”
½” – ⅝”
½” – ⅝”
1” – 4”
2” - 4”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.8M C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.8M
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF THK 3mm
Página 33 de 47
6.10
CLASE R12
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 300 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 740 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
R12
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
1” – 2”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH 10, ASME B36.10M, PE
3” – 4”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH 10, ASME B36.10M, BE
FLANGES
1” - 2”
FLANGE SW, ASME B16.5, CLASE 300 RF, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
3” – 4”
FLANGE WN SCH 10, ASME B16.5, CLASE 300 RF, ASTM A182
Gr. F51
1” - 4”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 300, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
FITTINGS
CODO 90° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE
3000, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 90° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
WELDOLET, MSS SP-97, SCH. STD, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
VÁLVULAS
1" - 2"
FV-1508
3” – 4”
FV-1208
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 300 RF, PASO REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA:
ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 300,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
Página 34 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 300 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 740 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
CODIGO
R12
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅝” – ¾”
⅝” – ¾”
⅝” – ¾”
1” – 4”
2” – 4”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.8M C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.8M
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 300 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 300 RF THK 3mm
Página 35 de 47
6.11
CLASE R13
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 1.480 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
R13
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
1” – 2”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH 10, ASME B36.10M, PE
3” – 4”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH 10, ASME B36.10M, BE
FLANGES
1” - 2”
FLANGE SW, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
3” – 4”
FLANGE WN SCH 10, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF, ASTM A182
Gr. F51
1” - 4”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 600, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
FITTINGS
CODO 90° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE
3000, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 90° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
WELDOLET, MSS SP-97, SCH. STD, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
VÁLVULAS
1" - 2"
FV-1509
3” – 4”
FV-1209
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 600 RF, PASO REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA:
ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 600,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
Página 36 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 600 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 1.480 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
CODIGO
R13
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅝” – ⅞”
⅝” – ⅞”
⅝” – ⅞”
1” – 4”
2” – 4”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.8M C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.8M
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 600 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 600 RF THK 3mm
Página 37 de 47
6.12
CLASE R14
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 900 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
PRESIÓN: 2.220 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
CODIGO
R14
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
1” – 2”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH STD, ASME B36.10M, PE
3” – 4”
CAÑERÍA A790 Gr. S31803, SCH STD, ASME B36.10M, BE
FLANGES
1” - 2”
FLANGE SW, ASME B16.5, CLASE 900 RF, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
3” – 4”
FLANGE WN SCH STD, ASME B16.5, CLASE 900 RF, ASTM
A182 Gr. F51
1” - 4”
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 900, ASTM A182 Gr. F51
FITTINGS
CODO 90° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE
3000, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 90° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH STD, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
CODO 45° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH STD, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE RECTA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH STD, ASTM
A815 Gr. S31803
TEE REDUCCIÓN BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH STD,
ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH STD, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
REDUCCIÓN EXCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH STD, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
WELDOLET, MSS SP-97, SCH. STD, ASTM A815 Gr. S31803
VÁLVULAS
1" – 4"
FV-1511
VÁLVULA DE BOLA, ASME B16.34/API608, RATING: ASME
B16.34 CLASE 900 RF, PASO REDUCIDO, CUERPO Y BOLA:
ASTM A182 F51, AVANCE SEGÚN ASME B16.10, ACTUADOR
MANUAL CON CAJA DE ENGRANAJES
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
⅝” – ⅞”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.8M C/DOS GOLILLAS
Página 38 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
⅝” – ⅞”
⅝” – ⅞”
1” – 4”
2” – 4”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
R14
MATERIALES
REV:
CAÑERÍAS: A790 Gr. S31803
DATE:
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASME 900 RF
DISEÑO: ASME B31.4
CORROSION
PRESIÓN: 2.220 psi
ALLOWANCE
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.8M
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 900 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 900 RF THK 3mm
Página 39 de 47
6.13
CLASE S11
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
AGUA DE OSMOSIS (RO)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: ASMT A312 Gr. TP316
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A182 GR. F316
ASME 150 RF
DISEÑO:
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
S11
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
DESCRIPCIÓN
REFERENCIA
CAÑERÍA
1” – 2”
CAÑERÍA ASTM A312 Gr. TP316, Sch 10, ASME B36.10M, PE
3” – 4”
CAÑERÍA ASTM A312 Gr. TP316, Sch 10, ASME B36.10M, BE
FLANGES
FLANGE SW, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A182 GR.
F316
FLANGE WN SCH 10, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF, ASTM A182
GR. F316
FLANGE CIEGO, ASME B16.5, CLASE 150, ASTM A182 GR.
F316
1” – 2”
3” – 4”
1” – 4”
FITTINGS
3” – 4”
SOCKOLET, MSS SP-97, SCH. XS, ASTM A182 GR. F316
1” – 2”
CODO 90° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A182 GR. F316
CODO 45° SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A182 GR. F316
TEE RECTA SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE 3000,
ASTM A182 GR. F316
TEE REDUCCIÓN SW, RADIO LARGO, ASME B16.11 CLASE
3000, ASTM A182 GR. F316
CODO 90° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A403 WP316
CODO 45° BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A403 WP316
TEE RECTA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10, ASTM
A403 WP316
TEE REDUCCIÓN BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9, SCH 10,
ASTM A403 WP316
REDUCCIÓN CONCÉNTRICA BW, RADIO LARDO, ASME B16.9,
SCH 10, ASTM A403 WP316
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
1” – 2”
3” – 4”
3” – 40”
3” – 40”
3” – 4”
3” – 4”
VÁLVULAS
1" - 2"
HV-1512
3" - 4"
HV-1203
3" - 4"
HV-1207
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
VÁVULA BOLA , MSS SP-72, ASME B16.34 CLASE 150 RF,
CUERPO Y BOLA: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO Y SELLO: TEFLON
REFORZADO, ACCIONAMIENTO MANUAL
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
WAFER; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON PALANCA
VÁLVULA DE MARIPOSA; API 609 CATEGORÍA B CLASE 150,
LUG; CUERPO Y DISCO: ASTM A182 F51, ASIENTO: RPTFE,
Página 40 de 47
PIPING MATERIALS CLASS
SERVICIO:
AGUA DE MAR (SW)
AGUA DE OSMOSIS (RO)
DIAMETRO
CODIGO
MATERIALES
CAÑERÍAS: ASMT A312 Gr. TP316
VALVULAS:FLANGES: ASTM A182 GR. F316
ASME 150 RF
DISEÑO:
PRESIÓN: 285 psi
TEMPERATURA: 38 ºC
DESCRIPCIÓN
ACTUADOR MANUAL CON PALANCA
S11
REV:
DATE:
CORROSION
ALLOWANCE
0 mm
REFERENCIA
PERNOS Y EMPAQUETADURA
½” – ⅝”
½” – ⅝”
½” – ⅝”
1” – 4”
1” – 4”
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
ESPARRAGO CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/DOS TUERCAS
HEXAGONALES ASTM A194 Gr.8M C/DOS GOLILLAS
PERNO MAQUINA CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M C/UNA TUERCA
HEXAGONAL ASTM A194 Gr.8M
PERNO MAQUINA LUG CS ASTM A193 Gr. B8M
EMPAQUETADURA, SIN ASBESTOS, MATERIAL FIBRA DE
ARAMIDA CON NBR, ASME B16.21 TIPO FLAT RING, ESPESOR
1/16", PARA CONEXIÓN SEGÚN ASME B16.5 CLASE 150 RF
KIT DE AISLACIÓN DIELÉCTRICA, TIPO F, EPOXY GLASS G10
O G11, PARA FLANGES ASME B16.5, CLASE 150 RF THK 3mm
Página 41 de 47
7.
ESQUEMA DE CONEXIONES
A continuación, se muestran las matrices de conexiones, donde:
TEE:
TER:
TSW:
TRS:
WEL:
SOC:
STUB:
STBR:
Tee Recta
Tee Reducción
Tee Socket
Tee Reducción Socket
Weldolet
Sockolet
Stub-In
Stu-on + Refuerzo
Matriz
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
26
28
32
Branch
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STBR
STBR
STBR
10
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STBR
12
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
14
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
16
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
18
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
20
TEE
TER TEE
TER TER TEE
TER TER TER TEE
24
26
28
32
CLASES A11 / A12 / A13 / A14
Matriz
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
26
28
32
Branch
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STUB
STUB
STUB
10
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STUB
12
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
14
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
16
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
18
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
20
TEE
TER TEE
TER TER TEE
TER TER TER TEE
24
26
28
32
CLASES A15
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
Página 42 de 47
Matriz
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
26
28
32
Branch
TEE
TER
TER
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
3
TEE
TER
TER
TER
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
4
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
6
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STUB
STUB
STUB
STUB
8
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STUB
STUB
STUB
10
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STUB
12
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
14
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
16
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
18
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
20
TEE
TER TEE
TER TER TEE
TER TER TER TEE
24
26
28
32
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
18
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
20
TEE
TER TEE
TER TER TEE
TER TER TER TEE
24
26
28
32
CLASE A16
Matriz
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
26
28
32
Branch
TEE
TER
TER
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
3
TEE
TER
TER
TER
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
4
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
6
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STBR
STBR
STBR
STBR
8
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STBR
STBR
STBR
10
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
STBR
12
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
14
TEE
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
TER
16
CLASE A17
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
Página 43 de 47
Matriz
1
2
3
4
Branch
TSW
TRS TSW
SOC SOC TEE
SOC SOC TER TEE
1
2
3
4
CLASE R11 / R12 / R13 / R14 / S11
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
Página 44 de 47
8.
ABREVIACIONES
ANSI
ASME
ASTM
BB
BC
BE
BF
BRZ
BW
°C
CB
CI
CO
Conc
Conn
Corr
Cplg
CPVC
CS
Cu
CWP
DI
ECC
EFW
Ell
ENC
ERW
ESP
F
F&D
Fed Std
FF
Flg
FM
FPT
FRP
FS
Ga
GALV
GE
GO
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
American National Standard Institute
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
Bolted Bonnet
Bolted Cap
Beveled End
Butt Fusion
Bronce
Butt Weld
Centigrade Degree
Clamp Bonnet
Cast Iron
Chain-Operated
Concentric
Connection
Corrugated
Coupling
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride
Carbon Steel
Cooper
Cold Working Pressure
Ductile Iron
Eccentric
Electrical Fusion Welded
Elbow
Electroless Nickel Coated
Electric Resistance Welded
Espesor
Fahrenheit
Faced and Drilled
Federal Standard
Flat Face
Flange
Factory Mutual
Female Pipe Thread
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (Plastic Pipe)
Forged Steel
Gauge
Galvanized
Grooved End
Gear Operated
Página 45 de 47
Gr
H&S
HDPE
HEX
HP
HW
HWGO
IBBM
IBBT
ID
In
ISRS
LF
LO
LP
LR
Lub
Mfr
MI
MP
NBR
NC
NO
NPS
NPT
NRS
OP
OS & Y
PBE
PE
PN
PIV
PSI
PSIG
PVC
RF
RL
SB
SC
SCH
SDR
SE
SMLS
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
Grade
Hub and Spigot
High Density Polyethylene
Hexagonal
High Performance
Hand Wheel
Hand Wheel Gear Operated
Iron Body Bronze Mounted
Iron Body Bronze Trim
Inside Diameter
Inches
Inside Screw Rising Stem
Linear Foot
Lever Operated
Low pressure
Long Radius
Lubricated
Manufacturer
Malleable Iron
Medium Pressure
Nitrile Butadiene Rubber
Normally Closed
Normally Open
Nominal Pipe Size
National Standard Taper Pipe Threads
Non-Rising Stem
Operated
Outside Screw and Yoke
Plain Both End
Plain End
Nominal Pressure of HDPE pipe
Pos. Indicator Valve
Pounds per Square Inch
Pounds per Square Inch Gauge
Polyvinyl Chloride
Raised Face
Rubber Lined
Screwed Bonnet
Screwed Cap
Schedule
Standard Dimensional Ratio
Screwed End
Seamless
Página 46 de 47
SO
SOC
SR
SS
Std Wt
STBR
SW
TBE
T&C
TE
TEE
TER
TRS
Temp
TFE
THD
UB
UG
UL
VG
VC
W/
WB
WEL
WFR
WN
WO
W/O
WOG
Wt
WWP
N° P289- ESP-PI-001-0
Slip-on
Sockolet
Short Radius
Stainless Steel
Standard weight
Stub-on + Refuerzo
Socket Weld
Threaded Both End
Threaded and Coupled
Threaded End
Tee recta
Tee Reducción
Tee Reducción Socket
Temperature
Teflón
Threaded
Union Bonnet
Underground
Underwriter's Laboratories
Victaulic Grooved
Victaulic Coupling
With
Welded Bonnet
Weldolet
Wafer
Welding Neck
Wrench-Operated
Without
Water, Oil and Gas
Weight
Working Water Pressure
Página 47 de 47
GERENCIA DE PROYECTOS
INGENIERIA DE DETALLES IMPULSIÓN DE AGUA DE MAR TEA, NUEVA VICTORIA.
N° DE PROYECTO 9500010981
INGENIERIA DE DETALLES
ESPECIFICACIÓN TÉCNICA GENERAL
COMPRA DE TUBERÍAS DE ACERO
PIPELINE
DOCUMENTO SQM
Nº I0641-9673-ET-500-003
PÁGINAS
DOCUMENTO INTERNO
1 de 27
N° P289-ESP-PI-003
APROBACIONES
REV.
A
B
0
FECHA
POR
REV.
JEFE
PROYECTO
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
J. ESTAY
K. OVIEDO
DESCRIPCIÓN
SQM
08/03/23
22/03/23
18/04/23
COORDINACIÓN INTERNA
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
J. ESTAY
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
F. PARGA
K. OVIEDO
J. IBAÑEZ
PARA APROBACIÓN
K. OVIEDO
J. IBAÑEZ
PARA CONSTRUCCIÓN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................4
2.
SCOPE ......................................................................................................................5
2.1
GENERAL ..............................................................................................................5
2.2
DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................................5
3.
CODES AND STANDARDS ......................................................................................6
3.1
CODES...................................................................................................................6
3.2
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................7
4.
QUALITY ASSURANCE............................................................................................8
4.1
GENERAL ..............................................................................................................8
4.2
DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................8
4.2.1 Bid Phase ...........................................................................................................8
4.2.2 Award Phase ......................................................................................................9
4.2.3 Completion Phase ..............................................................................................9
4.3
AUDITS OF VENDOR'S FACILITIES ................................................................... 10
4.4
VENDOR'S RECORDS ........................................................................................ 10
5.
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................. 10
5.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 10
5.2
MANUFACTURING PROCEDURE ...................................................................... 10
5.2.1 General ............................................................................................................. 10
5.2.2 Submerged Arc Longitudinal Welding (SAWL) ................................................. 11
5.2.3 Treatment of PSL2 SAWL Pipes ....................................................................... 11
5.3
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES ................................................................................... 11
5.4
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES .............................................................................. 12
5.5
HYDROSTATIC TEST.......................................................................................... 12
5.6
DIMENSIONS....................................................................................................... 12
5.7
DIAMETER ........................................................................................................... 13
5.8
WALL THICKNESS .............................................................................................. 13
5.9
PEAKING ............................................................................................................. 13
5.10 STRAIGHTNESS ................................................................................................. 14
5.11 PIPE ENDS .......................................................................................................... 14
5.12 MARKING............................................................................................................. 14
5.13 OTHER DEFECTS ............................................................................................... 15
5.14 GEOMETRIC DEVIATIONS ................................................................................. 15
5.14.1
Hard Spots .................................................................................................... 15
5.14.2
Other Surfaces Imperfections ........................................................................ 15
5.15 COATINGS........................................................................................................... 16
6.
INSPECTION AND TESTING .................................................................................. 16
6.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 16
6.2
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TESTING ............................................................. 17
6.2.1 General ............................................................................................................. 17
6.2.2 Test Program .................................................................................................... 17
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 2 of 27
6.2.2.1 Manufacturing procedure qualification ............................................................. 17
6.2.2.2 Manufacturing control.......................................................................................... 18
6.2.3 Tensile Testing ................................................................................................. 18
6.2.3.1 General .................................................................................................................. 18
6.2.3.2 Pipe base material ............................................................................................... 18
6.2.3.3 Weld material........................................................................................................ 18
6.2.3.4 Guided-Bend testing............................................................................................ 19
6.2.4 Notch Impact Test ............................................................................................. 19
6.2.4.1 General .................................................................................................................. 19
6.2.4.2 Notch Impact Specimens.................................................................................... 19
6.2.4.3 Notch Impact Test Requirements...................................................................... 19
6.2.4.4 Hardness Test ...................................................................................................... 19
6.2.5 Weldability Test ................................................................................................ 20
6.2.5.1 General .................................................................................................................. 20
6.2.5.2 Test Procedure..................................................................................................... 20
6.2.5.3 Weld Testing ......................................................................................................... 20
6.3
NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS.................................... 21
6.3.1 General ............................................................................................................. 21
6.3.2 Additional Examinations.................................................................................... 22
6.3.3 Non-Destructive Examination Procedures ........................................................ 22
6.4
HYDROSTATIC PROCEDURE TEST .................................................................. 23
6.5
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 23
6.6
REPAIR OF DEFECTS ........................................................................................ 24
6.7
INFORMATION REQUIRED ................................................................................ 24
7.
PACKING, SHIPPING AND STORAGE .................................................................. 26
7.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 26
7.2
HANDLING OF COATED PIPE ............................................................................ 26
7.3
SHIPPING ............................................................................................................ 27
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 3 of 27
1.
INTRODUCTION
SQM a través de la Gerencia de Proyectos, está en la fase de ejecución del Proyecto de
Impulsión de Agua de Mar TEA, el cual consiste en un sistema de aducción, tuberías y
estaciones de bombeo para levantar un máximo de 900 l/s desde la playa el sector de
Puerto Patillo, ubicada a 62 km al sur de la ciudad de Iquique, hasta las pozas de
recepción ubicadas en la zona de Pampa Hermosa Oeste a una elevación de 1024 msnm,
cercano a la antigua oficina salitrera Victoria, con un largo total de ductos desde la
aducción a la piscina de recepción de casi 44 km.
La captación de agua de mar ubicada en sector Puerto Patillo se realizará a través de una
torre de captación y un ducto submarino. La tubería de captación, contrapesos y paso por
la rompiente alimentará una sentina con sistema de compuertas y filtro de rejas, en la cual
se dispone de bombas verticales multietapa denominada Estación Bombeo Auxiliar (EBA).
La EBA alimentará una Estación de Bombeo Principal (EBP) ubicada aproximadamente a
2 kilómetros de distancia, la cual recibirá el agua en un estanque de almacenamiento y
utilizará un sistema de bombas centrífugas horizontales multietapa para su impulsión
hasta las piscinas de recepción en el punto de destino, ubicadas en el sector de Pampa
Hermosa, conducción que en total posee una longitud de 40 kilómetros aproximadamente.
El pipeline en su trazado contará con tres piscinas de emergencia, ubicadas en puntos de
acumulación a lo largo de su extensión.
El presente servicio de ingeniería, solicitado por SQM a JRI Ingeniería S.A., se ampara en
el Contrato N°9500010981, denominado “Ingeniería de Detalles Impulsión de Agua de Mar
Tea, Nueva Victoria”.
Este documento corresponde a la Especificación Técnica para Compras de Tuberías de
Acero para Pipeline, el cual suscriben JRI y SQM.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 4 of 27
2.
2.1
SCOPE
GENERAL
This document specifies the minimum requirements for the design, fabrication,
testing, and shipping preparation of Submerged Arc longitudinal Welded (SAWL)
carbon steel pipe to be used for the mainline of the Seawater Impulsion System
(Sistema de Impulsión de agua de mar) for SQM.
The pipe Vendor shall be responsible for compliance with this specification and the
relevant codes and standards as stated in this document. If the Vendor takes
exception to any requirement of this specification, the Vendor shall clearly state the
exception(s) and provide a detailed description of the Vendor's proposed
alternative(s). The proposed alternative(s) shall be clearly demonstrated to be
technically equal or better, and the associated cost-effectiveness stated.
All exceptions to this specification shall be noted and closed before the proposal is
accepted by the commercial group.
This specification includes providing the following types of steel pipes:
Table 2-1: Pipe Specification
Item
Type
End
1
API 5L X65M PSL2
BE
Nominal
Diameter
32”
Weld
SAWL
External
Coating
Note 1
Internal
Coating
Note 1
The amounts and thicknesses of the steel pipe are indicated in the technical
requisition.
2.2
DEFINITIONS
In this document:
2.2
"Vendor"
herein.
Refers to the party responsible for the supply of the pipe identified
"Owner"
Refers to Soquimich (SQM).
"Buyer"
Refers to Soquimich (SQM).
"Lot"
Refers to a group of pipes of the same diameter and wall thickness,
which have been fabricated from the same heat of steel.
COMMUNICATIONS
All formal project communications, including drawings and procedure submittals to
and from the Vendor, shall be routed to the Buyer.
1
See document N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004 “Technical Specification for External and Internal Coating”.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 5 of 27
The Buyer representative/inspector will be designated at the discretion of the
Buyer.
Owner will provide Vendor distribution at or near to the time of any order for goods
purchased under this document. Parties may be inspectors, engineers, and
owner's representative or other third parties, at the Owner's discretion.
3.
3.1
CODES AND STANDARDS
CODES
The mainline pipe shall be in accordance with the requirements of the latest
editions of the following codes and standards:
API American Petroleum Institute
API Spec.5L
Specification for Line Pipe, 46th edition
API Standard 1104
Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
API RP 5L1
Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of
Line Pipe
API RP 5LW
Recommended Practice for Marine Transportation of Line
Pipe.
API Q1
Specification for Quality Programs
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
ASTM A435
Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic
Examination of Steel Plates
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASME B31.4
Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids and Slurries
ASME BPVC Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications
ASME BPVC Section V Nondestructive Examination
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
ISO 9001
Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in
Design/Development, Production, Installation, and
Servicing
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 6 of 27
BS British Standard Institution
3.2
BS 7079
Preparation of steel substrates before application of
paints and related products – Visual assessment of
surface cleanliness Part A1, Specification for rust grades
and preparation grades of uncoated steel substrates and
of steel substrates after overall removal of previous
coatings. (1994). [Identical with ISO 8501-1]
BS EN ISO 8503-1
Preparation of steel surfaces before application of paints
and related products – Method for the grading of surface
profile of abrasively blast cleaned steel using a
comparator (1995)
BS 5996
Specification for acceptance levels for internal
imperfections in steel plate, strip and wide flats, based on
ultrasonic testing
AWS
American Welding Society
AWS A5.1
Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded
Metal Arc Welding
AWS A5.5
Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded
Metal Arc Welding
ASNT
The American Society for Nondestructive Testing
SNT-TC-1A
Personnel
Qualification
Nondestructive Testing
and
Certification
in
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
I0641-9673-CD-500-002
Criterio de Diseño Cañerías
I0641-9673-CD-300-002
Criterio de Diseño Pipeline
I0641-9673-CD-500-001
Criterio de Diseño Hidráulico
I0641-9673-ET-500-004
Technical Specification for External and Internal
Coating
I0641-9673-MC-500-013
Memoria de Cálculo Hidráulico
Impulsión EBA Actualización
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Sistema
Page 7 of 27
de
I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Memoria de Cálculo Hidráulico
Impulsión EBP Actualización
Sistema
de
In the event of a conflict between the above-referenced codes and standards and
this specification, the most stringent requirements shall apply.
In the event of a conflict between the laws, regulations, standards, and codes
applied to the Project and technical specifications, the Vendor shall bring such
instances to the Buyer's attention for clarification and a ruling. As a general rule,
the most stringent requirement shall be followed to ensure compliance with other
applicable laws, regulations, standards, codes, and specifications.
4.
4.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
GENERAL
The Vendor shall document, implement, and maintain a system for Quality
Assurance (QA) to the requirements of this specification and one of the following
quality assurance standards:
ISO 9001
Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance
Design/Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing
API Q1
Specification for Quality Programs
in
The Vendor shall fully document any proposed QA alternative and clearly indicate
any known deviation from the requirements of the above-referenced QA standards.
4.2
DOCUMENTATION
4.2.1 Bid Phase
A short description of the quality assurance program shall be submitted with the bid
to the Buyer. This description shall state the QA standard to be used and, as a
minimum, contain the following:
 An organization chart with a brief job description of QA function, including
level III inspectors.
 CV's of key personnel.
 A list of applicable procedures for implementation of the QA program.
 A list and samples of applicable Inspection and Test Plans (ITP) to be used
during all fabrication stages.
 Example of applicable ITP relating to the longitudinal weld seam
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 8 of 27
 A list and samples of proposed Manufacturing Procedure Specifications
(MPS) for steel, pipe, welding, and coating, as described in Section 6.7
 Pipe mill production capacity schedule.
 Proposed end cap protection design.
 A list of Supplier's Quality Management procedures, inspection and audit
plan.
 A general description of how each QA requirement is to be fulfilled during the
design, procurement, manufacture, assembly, and testing.
 A list of approved steel suppliers and place of steel plate origin.
 Weld procedure and qualification, including pre and post-heat processes.
4.2.2 Award Phase
A kick-off meeting shall be scheduled to allow the Buyer to witness the project
planning and documentation processes. The Vendor shall demonstrate to the
Buyer that the QA system is in place the personnel identified within the bid are
available.
 The QA documentation shall be forwarded to the Buyer as specified in the
material requisition.
 Pertinent QA documentation, including QA manuals, shall be approved by the
Buyer before any production work begins. A minimum of 20 working days
shall be allowed for the Buyer's review.
 Production and shipping schedule.
4.2.3 Completion Phase
Upon delivery of the mainline pipe, the Vendor shall forward the following
documentation:
 The QA documentation shall be forwarded to the Buyer as specified in the
material requisition.
 All Certified Material Test Reports (CMTRs) and records for all tests
performed, in electronic format, arranged by Pipe and Heat number.
 All documents verifying that inspection control and tests performed are in
accordance with the specifications in electronic format. Additionally, all data
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 9 of 27
captured by the Laser Pipe Dimensional measurements, plus Pipe No., Plate
No., Heat No., Plate Supplier, WT both ends, ID both ends, OOR both ends,
Peaking both ends, OOR pipe body, Squareness both ends, Radial offset,
etc. in Excel Format.
 Identification lists with cross-references
hardware/materials for traceability purposes.
between
documents
and
 A detailed Pipe Tally shall be included with each pipe shipment which
identifies each pipe string and the appropriate bar code (or similar) reference.
4.3
AUDITS OF VENDOR'S FACILITIES
Buyer shall have the right to carry out audits at the Vendor's facilities to verify
compliance with all aspects of the documentation included in the purchase order.
For the purpose of evaluating and auditing, the Vendor shall give free access to all
facilities concerned and to all the QA documents and records and provide all
reasonable assistance requested.
Such audits shall take place during normal working hours and be conducted in
such a way as to minimize disruption of normal work being conducted at the
facility.
4.4
VENDOR'S RECORDS
Applicable records may be requested by the Buyer at any time during production,
these shall be forwarded to the Buyer upon request within five working days. The
Vendor shall give a written response to the Buyer for any corrective action requests
and, if requested, take the necessary corrective action on time.
5.
5.1
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
The Vendor shall perform all fabrication and welding in accordance with an
approved procedure submitted to the Buyer. The pipe shall meet all the
requirements of API 5L, PSL2 Grade X65M, and this specification.
The mainline pipe shall be fabricated by a longitudinal submerged arc welding
longitudinal process (SAWL). The manufacturing process must be UOE or JCOE
method, and the process must include cold expansion. The Vendor shall inform
Buyer about the manufacturing procedure before proceeding with fabrication.
5.2
5.2.1
MANUFACTURING PROCEDURE
General
The pipe shall be fabricated by cold forming, by the Submerged-Arc longitudinal
Welding (SAWL) method, as defined in the API Specification 5L 46th edition.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 10 of 27
5.2.2
Submerged Arc Longitudinal Welding (SAWL)
Submerged arc longitudinal welding for longitudinal pipes shall be a welding
process that produces coalescence of metal by heating the work with an arc
between bare metal consumable electrodes and the work. The arc and molten
metal shall be shielded by a blanket of granular fusible material on the work.
Pressure shall not be used, and part or all of the filler metal shall be obtained from
the electrodes. For each seam, at least one pass shall be on the inside, and at
least one pass shall be on the outside.
The mainline pipe material shall be produced in accordance with API Specification
5L, 46th edition, as follows:
Grade
Minimum Yield Strength
X65M
448 MPa (65,000 psi)
The Steel shall be made by the open hearth, electric furnace, or the basic oxygen
process. The steel shall be fully killed.
The Vendor shall submit a complete Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and a
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) for the SAWL pipes prior to start the
fabrication; this WPS and PQR shall be in total concordance with API 5L, 46th
edition.
The PQR shall include a Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD) test according
to API 1104 and BS 7448. This test shall be realized by an external certified
laboratory. All mechanical records shall be submitted within the PQR. The Vendor
shall keep all tested specimens available for the Owner's inspection.
5.2.3
Treatment of PSL2 SAWL Pipes
All pipes shall be treated so as to simulate a normalizing heat treatment for the
weld seam and heat-affected zone (HAZ).
5.3
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
The chemical composition of the pipe, furnished per this specification, as
determined by ladle analysis, shall conform to the following percent weight limits:
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Element
% Max
Carbon
0.12
Silicon
0.45
Manganese
1.60
Page 11 of 27
Element
% Max
Phosphorous
0.025
Sulfur
0.015
Aluminum
0.05
Columbium
0.05
Vanadium
0.05
Others
Copper
≤ 0.50
Nickel
≤ 0.50
Chromium
≤ 0.50
Molybdenum
≤ 0.50
Nb+V+Ti
≤ 0.15
The Vendor shall state in the quotation the target nominal chemical composition
and the carbon equivalent (C.E.) for the pipe that is quoted.
5.4
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Plate and weld tensile properties shall conform to the requirements for Grade
X65M as shown in API Specification 5L, 46th edition. For further information
concerning physical properties testing see Section 6.
5.5
HYDROSTATIC TEST
Each length of pipe shall be given a mill hydrostatic test. For further information,
see Section 6.4, of this document.
5.6
DIMENSIONS
Pipe sections shall be supplied in double random lengths when it is possible, the
following length tolerance shall be maintained:
Nominal Length
Maximum Length
Minimum Length
Min Average Length
12 m
13.5 m
11.0 m
12.0 m
No more than 2% of the total shipment shall be the minimum length and 95% of the
total shipment shall be at least the minimum average length. Any deviation from
these lengths shall require written approval from the Buyer. The pipe lengths
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 12 of 27
required shall not be made up with girth welds. Along with the quotation, the
Vendor shall provide information stating the maximum possible production lengths
and the minimum average lengths which can be guaranteed.
5.7
DIAMETER
Pipe body measurements shall be made before and after hydrotest. If no
appreciable difference in the before and after measurements is noted,
Owner/Buyer may accept measurement of the pipe body before hydrotest. Through
any cross section over the pipe length, the tolerance with respect to specified
diameters shall satisfy the range ±0.01 D, but maximum of ±4.0 mm [0.160"]. For
determining compliance to diameter tolerance, the pipe diameter is defined as the
circumference of the pipe in any circumferential plane divided by Pi.
Inside Diameter, Pipe Ends, tolerances for outside diameter at pipe ends shall be
applied to internal diameter at pipe ends, and shall have 1.6 mm [0.063"] as
maximum according to API 5L 46th edition). The internal diameter at both pipe
ends of every pipe length (up to 100mm [4"] from ends) shall be determined by
using an internal diameter tape or by measuring the outside diameter, then
deducting 2X the actual wall thickness from the measured outside diameter. During
production, diameter of each pipe ends shall be measured and recorded using
Laser Measurement, and pipe body diameter of 1 pipe of every 10 shall be
measured and recorded.
Non-compliance requires rejection and measurement of all pipes until compliance
is achieved at which point a 1 in 10 measurement can be resumed.
For pipes with a D/t <75 the out-of-roundness shall not exceed 0.015D for pipe
bodies and 0.01D in pipe ends, according to API 5L, 46th edition. Out of roundness
at the pipe, ends shall be assessed using a rod gauge or caliper equal to minimum
internal diameter of respective diameter/thickness (D/t). The gauge shall pass
freely 100mm [4"] into each end of the pipe when held normal to the pipe axis.
5.8
WALL THICKNESS
The wall thickness tolerances (mm of specified wall thickness) shall be ±0.1t for
thickness less than 15.0 mm [0.591"], and ±1.5 mm [0.06"] for thickness equal or
greater than 15.0 mm [0.591"].
5.9
PEAKING
Peaking at the welds seam shall not be more than 3.0 mm from the theoretical
curvature of the pipe. It shall be measured using an internal template equal in
length to 25% of the pipe circumference, made to the actual internal pipe curvature
considering diameter and wall thickness. One pipe of every 50 shall be measure
and recorded.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 13 of 27
5.10
STRAIGHTNESS
The straightness of the pipe lengths shall be checked on three random sections
per work shift. Measurements of deviations shall be made using a taut string or
wire, from end to end of the pipe length at four locations 90° apart around the pipe
diameter. Any deviation from a true straight line shall not exceed 0.15% of the pipe
length. If one pipe fails to meet this requirement all other pipes produced since the
previous acceptable test was made, shall be tested individually for conformance
with this requirement.
5.11
PIPE ENDS
All pipe ends shall be smoothly beveled according to ASME B31.4 ed. 2018 figure
434.8.6-1: Acceptable Butt Welded Joint Design for Equal Wall Thicknesses.
Pipe ends shall be machined perpendicular with the longitudinal axis of the pipe.
The angle of the bevel, measured from a line drawn perpendicular to the axis of the
pipe, shall be 30° with a tolerance of +5° and -0°. External weld seam shall be
grounded flush to base metal for a distance of 175 mm [7"], measured
perpendicular to pipe end. Same distances required for coating cut back. Internal
welds seam shall be according to API 5L 46th edition requirements that is grounded
flush 50mm [2"].
End caps (bevel protector) shall be used to protect all prepared pipe ends to pipe
destination, the bevel protector shall be of such design, material and mechanical
strength to avoid damages during handling, shipping and transportation.
Pipes with relation D/t > 70, shall use non welded X-bracing in order to prevent
ovality or deform during storage and shipping, if apply.
5.12
MARKING
Pipe markings as prescribed in API Specification 5L 46th edition (including weight
of each pipe and heat number), shall be paint stenciled on the inside of the pipe
and transferred to the outside of the finished coating. If this identification is missing
or obliterated, the pipe section shall be rejected. In addition to the required
markings, full circumferential color bands shall be provided on the external surface
of coated pipes to indicate pipe size and wall thickness. Color bands shall be
unique for each combination of pipe diameter and wall thickness. Vendor shall
submit for approval the proposed system for color-coding. Color bands shall be
300 mm [12"] from both ends, towards pipe center.
In addition to the markings located on the outside of the pipe, the pipe diameter,
length, wall thickness, end pipe name (A/B), project name, heat or cast number,
pipe number, coating identification number and purchase order number shall be
paint stenciled inside both open ends of the pipe.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 14 of 27
All markings shall be in the English language. Pipe diameter shall be in inches, all
other dimensions shall be in metric units.
5.13
OTHER DEFECTS
Pipes that contain non-dressable surface defects shall be given one or more of the
following dispositions.
a) Weld defects in pipes shall be repaired by welding in accordance with
section 6.6 of this specification.
b) The sections of pipe containing the surface defects shall be cut off, within
the limits on length.
c) The entire pipe length shall be rejected.
5.14
GEOMETRIC DEVIATIONS
For other than dents, geometric deviations from the normal cylindrical contour of
the pipe (e.g. flat spots and peaks) that occur as a result of the pipe forming
process or manufacturing operations and that exceed 3.2 mm [¼"] in depth,
measured as the gap between the extreme point of the deviation; and the
prolongation of the normal contour of the pipe, shall be considered defects and
shall be treated in accordance with section 5.13 b) or 5.13 c).
For dents, the length in any direction shall be ≤ 0.5 D and the depth, measured as
the gap between the extreme point of the dent and the prolongation of the normal
contour of the pipe, shall not exceed the following:
a) 3.2 mm [¼"] for cold-formed dents with sharp-bottom gouges;
b) 6.4 mm [½"]) for other dents.
Dents that exceed the specified limits shall be considered defects and shall be
treated in accordance with section 5.13 b) or 5.13 c).
5.14.1 Hard Spots
Any hard spot larger than 50 mm [2"]) in any direction shall be classified as a
defect if its hardness exceeds 35 HRC, 345 HV10 or 327 HBW, based upon
individual indentations. Pipes that contain such defects shall be treated in
accordance with section 5.13 b) or 5.13 c).
5.14.2 Other Surfaces Imperfections
Other surface imperfections found by visual inspection shall be investigated,
classified, and treated as follows.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 15 of 27
a) Imperfections that have a depth ≤ 0.125t and do not encroach on the
minimum permissible wall thickness shall be classified as acceptable
imperfections and may remain in the pipe without repair or may be
cosmetically dressed-out by grinding.
b) Imperfections that have a depth > 0.125t and do not encroach on the
minimum permissible wall thickness shall be classified as defects, and shall
be dressed-out by grinding in accordance with section 6.6 or shall be treated
in accordance with section 5.13.
c) Imperfections that encroach on the minimum permissible wall thickness shall
be classified as defects and shall be treated in accordance with
section 5.13.
5.15
COATINGS
Bare pipes manufactured in accordance with this specification shall be protected
from rusting or other damage between the completion of manufacture and
application of external coating.
The pipes shall be externally coated with 3LPE for underground pipelines and
Polyurethane for aboveground pipelines. All pipes shall be internally coated with
FBE. Special requirements shall be in accordance to the project specification
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004 "Technical Specification for External and Internal
Coating”.
Pipe markings, including color bands on the outside of the pipe shall be transferred
to the outside of the finished coating.
6.
6.1
INSPECTION AND TESTING
GENERAL
The Vendor shall ensure that the Buyer is given free access and every reasonable
facility for monitoring in-progress pipe manufacturing and final bench inspection of
each pipe length during the manufacturing period. The Vendor shall provide the
Buyer with a production schedule along with daily production reports. All pipe
covered by this specification shall undergo acceptance procedures at the Buyer's
discretion. The Vendor shall notify the Buyer a minimum of four weeks in advance
of the date that pipe manufacturing shall start.
The Vendor shall ensure access to the Buyer's Engineer into the pipe mill, who will
witness the manufacturing process and tests.
The Vendor shall submit shop standard testing procedures along with his proposal.
The mainline pipe shall be shipped only after the successful completion of these
tests as witnessed by the Buyer.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 16 of 27
The Buyer’s representative shall witness function tests (hold point) and perform a
final inspection of all material before shipment. A minimum period of five workingday notice of all proposed testing is required.
6.2
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES TESTING
6.2.1 General
All test specimens are to be prepared in a manner that does not influence the
physical properties of the material. The pipe test specimens shall be sampled from
sections of pipe, after completion of the hydrostatic test. The plate test specimens
shall be sampled from plates after completion of the final rolling and heat
treatment.
The mechanical properties testing shall be completed in accordance with API 5L
46th edition and this specification at laboratory facilities approved by the Buyer.
6.2.2 Test Program
6.2.2.1
Manufacturing procedure qualification
All plates shall be ultrasonically examined to ensure that no unacceptable
laminations or inclusion clusters are present. This examination may be performed
prior to forming the pipe, during the final non-destructive examination, or at any
other convenient stage of pipe manufacture. Examination shall be in accordance
with BS 5996 or ASTM A435, or an equivalent proposed by the Vendor and
approved by the Buyer.
The examination shall be based on either a grid scan or a scan along parallel lines
and shall include the pipe edges.
The first production pipe from the first heat of steel and one pipe selected at
random from the second heat shall be sectioned and tested by all mechanical
properties testing methods, as well as non-destructive methods as applicable.
The Vendor shall develop a detailed Manufacturing procedure and inspection Test
Plan (ITP), to API 5L 46th edition, and section 6.7 of this document, covering the
materials and thickness to be used in the fabrication of pipe under this
Specification, in accordance with the following:
 The Manufacturing Procedure shall specify any pre-heating or post-heating
procedures and requirements and the conditions under which they shall be
necessary.
 The Manufacturing Procedure shall be developed by the Vendor and
approved by the Buyer in writing before the start of Procedure Qualification.
Procedure Qualification shall be witnessed by the Buyer. Bidder shall notify
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 17 of 27
Buyer 15 days before Procedure Qualification date so that the Buyer can
coordinate travel arrangements.
 The Manufacturing Procedure shall be available at all times during the Work
at the immediate area where the work is being performed.
 The qualification of the Manufacturing Procedure shall be witnessed by
Buyer.
 The Manufacturing Procedure shall be part of Bidder's permanent Project
Records.
6.2.2.2
Manufacturing control
Mechanical properties shall be measured on one sample per one hundred pipe
sections, after completion of the heat treatment and hydrostatic testing.
The Vendor shall spot-check the pipe wall thickness with an ultrasonic thickness
gauge calibrated for carbon steel. Written records shall be kept of the thickness
reading at each point tested.
All dimensions for diameter, wall thickness, workmanship, defects, length,
straightness, and pipe ends shall be recorded in accordance with Section 7 of
API Specification 5L, 46th edition, and this specification.
6.2.3 Tensile Testing
6.2.3.1
General
Transverse and longitudinal tensile testing shall be completed for the pipe base
material, weld material and weld heat affected zone (HAZ) in accordance with API
5L, 46th edition and this document.
6.2.3.2
Pipe base material
The test specimens of pipe base material shall be taken both transverse and
longitudinal to the longitudinal pipe axis. The transverse test specimens shall be
cold flattened prior to testing. The longitudinal test specimens shall not be flattened
except for the grip ends, which may be flattened if grips to suit the curvature of the
section are not available. Weld material and weld metal not applicable to HFW pipe
manufacture.
6.2.3.3
Weld material
Except for HFW pipe, the weld material test specimens shall be of full material
thickness and taken transverse to the longitudinal weld. The test specimens shall
be cold flattened prior to testing.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 18 of 27
6.2.3.4
Guided-Bend testing
The guided-bend testing shall be completed in accordance with API 5L 46th edition
and this document. The test specimens shall be bent approximately 180°, at
ambient temperature, in test equipment, as specified in API 5L, 46th edition. The
welded joint shall be completely within the tensioned region. The bend test
specimen shall be of full material thickness with the weld located symmetrically.
6.2.4 Notch Impact Test
6.2.4.1
General
The notch impact testing (Charpy-V) shall be carried out in accordance with
clause 9.8, tables 8, 18, and 20 of API 5L 46th edition and this document.
Shall include DWT test as per clause 9.9 of API 5L 46th edition
6.2.4.2
Notch Impact Specimens
Three notch impact test specimens shall be taken transversely to the longitudinal
axis of the pipe, with the notch-machined perpendicular to the pipe wall. The test
specimens shall be produced without flattening.
6.2.4.3
Notch Impact Test Requirements
For the manufacturing procedure qualification testing per Section 6.2.2, of this
document, three groups of testing shall be completed at temperatures of -20ºC,
0ºC, and +20ºC. Each group of testing shall consist of one set of specimens made
with the notch in the base material, one set with the notch in the weld metal and
three sets with the notch in the heat-affected zone around the weld. The energy
absorption for these tests shall be recorded.
For the manufacturing control, testing per Section 6.2.2, of this document, one set
of specimens shall be made with the notch in the base material, one set with the
notch in the weld metal, and three sets with the notch in the heat-affected zone
around the weld. The energy absorption for these tests shall be recorded.
For 2/3 size test specimens, the Charpy V-notch energy values shall be a minimum
of 25 ft/lbf for any individual test and 30 ft/lbf for the three test average. If other size
test specimen is selected, the required minimum energy value shall be determined
by applying the ratio of the actual break area to the break area of the 2/3
specimens.
6.2.4.4
Hardness Test
Hardness testing shall be made using the Vickers method with HV10 units of
measurement. The hardness surveys shall be made along traverses approximately
1 mm below the surface at either side of the weld. A minimum of six indentations
shall be made equally spaced in and around the weld metal. Within the Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ), the indentations shall be spaced at 0.5 mm starting at the
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 19 of 27
fusion line and shall extend into the unaffected material on both sides of the HAZ
for a minimum of two indentations on each side, spaced at 1 mm. For acceptance,
the maximum measurement shall not exceed 300 HV10.
6.2.5 Weldability Test
6.2.5.1
General
The Vendor shall perform a test to confirm the suitability of the pipe for welding.
The test shall be completed on the first fabricated pipe pieces and comply with
API 1104. Subject to the results of the initial test, subsequent tests may be
required at the discretion of the Buyer.
6.2.5.2
Test Procedure
The manufacturer shall demonstrate the field weldability for the manual SMAW and
mechanized semi-automatic GMAW processes with a preheat not more than 25°C
of each X grade and thickness group on the order by performing a girth welding
procedure qualification test on a pipe that has a carbon equivalent within 0.03
percent of the maximum to be furnished. One qualification test shall be performed
on the thinnest wall below ½" (12.7mm) and one on the thicker wall above ½"
(12.7mm).The pipe shall be cut from production pieces and beveled for welding.
The Vendor shall submit a written weld procedure to the Buyer for review and
approval by the Buyer.
The welding process shall be a manual shielded metal arc and be performed by a
welder qualified per API 1104, Section 3.0. Electrodes shall conform to AWS A5.1
and A5.5 for shielded metal arc welding of API 5L 46th edition, X65 grade steel.
Class E 6012, E 6013, E 7020, and E 7024 electrodes are not allowed.
The completed weld shall be tested in accordance with Section 6.2.7.3 of this
specification.
6.2.5.3
Weld Testing
The completed weld shall be 100% radiographically inspected per API 1104. All
identified defects shall be cut open for visual inspection. If the defect is determined
to be due to improper weld procedures, the Vendor shall repeat the test weld at no
cost to the Buyer. Other defects, if any, shall be inspected, assessed, and reported
to the Buyer for action.
The completed weld shall be surface inspected by dye penetrant, magnetic
particle, or current flow method. The weld shall be subjected to tensile testing
(section 6.2.3 of this specification), bend testing (section 6.2.3.4), and notch impact
testing (section 6.2.4). All results shall be reported to Buyer.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 20 of 27
6.3
NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
6.3.1 General
The welds are to be inspected in their entirety, and no partial weld examination will
be considered. A record of all welds examined shall be maintained and identified to
individual pipe sections. These records shall be made available for review by the
Buyer as requested, and they shall be provided as part of the final data package.
Plates used for manufacturing pipe shall be ultrasonically examined to detect gross
laminations in the plate. The examination shall be in accordance with ASTM A435
or other mill standard techniques with written approval from the Buyer. All
calibration blocks shall be certified by an approved third-party inspection and shall
be identified by a unique number traceable to ultrasonic (UT) procedure, pipe
diameter, wall thickness, and grade. Mill procedures shall require written approval
from the Buyer prior to production.
Any lamination or inclusion extending into the face or bevel of the pipe and having
a visually determined transverse dimension exceeding 6 mm [¼"] is considered
reject. Pipe containing such defects shall be cut back until no lamination or
inclusion is greater than 6 mm [¼"]. Any lamination in the body of the pipe
exceeding both of following is considered reject:
 Greater than or equal to 19 mm [3/4"] in the minor dimension.
 Greater than or equal to 7742 mm2 [12 in2] in area.
 Each pipe shall be scanned along the entire weld length by ultrasonic
methods after expansion and hydrostatic testing in accordance with the
requirements of API Specification 5L 46th edition.
 All internal longitudinal seam welds will be free from undercuts or cracks, and
the weld profile shall be uniform throughout the pipe joint length.
 No internal weld repairs are permitted. If an internal weld defect is detected,
the pipe joint shall be rejected.
The sensitivity of the ultrasonic examination of the welds shall be calibrated in
accordance with API Specification 5L 46th edition, and the following provisions:
The test pipe shall be run at the start of each shift and at other times when
requested by the Buyer. If calibration fails, all pipes scanned after previous
accepted calibration, shall be re-inspected using calibrated equipment.
Calibration shall be performed at the same rate of speed as is used in production
testing.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 21 of 27
Any of the four types of imperfections specified in API Specification 5L 46th edition,
may be used to calibrate the equipment, except that the maximum depth shall not
exceed 12.5% of the specified nominal wall thickness.
Defects found by ultrasonic examination that produce an indication greater than the
acceptance limit signal given in API Specification 5L, shall be further investigated
by should be radiographed. Defects that exhibit indications of cracks or lack of
penetration shall also be investigated as above. Defects, which exceed 12.5% of
the specified nominal wall thickness, shall be unacceptable. All cracks are
unacceptable.
The inside surface of both ends of the weld seam of each pipe shall be examined
by magnetic particle or liquid penetrant methods for a distance of 100 mm after
completion of any necessary grinding of the internal weld surface. All cracks are
unacceptable. Any other defect identified shall be investigated further, as
discussed above.
All pipe containing defects exceeding the limits of API Specification 5L 46 th edition,
shall be rejected unless repairs are permitted in accordance with Section 6.6 of this
document.
Residual magnetism shall be measured at four locations on each of the ends of the
finished pipe subsequent to any handling by electromagnetic lifting devices. The
maximum permitted residual magnetism shall be 30 gauss measured with a Buyer
approved gauss meter. At least five pipe lengths per hundred shall be examined. In
no case shall less than two lengths be examined per 8-hour shift.
If any pipe is found to exceed 30 gauss, then a further five pipes from that shift
shall be examined. If any pipes from this second group exceed 30 gauss, then all
further pipes from that shift shall be examined.
All pipes exceeding 30 gauss shall be demagnetized along the full length and
retest-ed.
6.3.2 Additional Examinations
The Buyer may request additional examinations if there is any indication of
potential weld quality problems.
6.3.3 Non-Destructive Examination Procedures
NDE procedures shall be prepared in accordance with the following and submitted
to Buyer for approval 15 days before pipe production is scheduled to begin:
 Visual examinations to ASME Section V, Article 9.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 22 of 27
 Radiographic examinations to ASME Section V, Article 2.
 Ultrasonic examinations to ASME Section V, Article 5.
6.4
HYDROSTATIC PROCEDURE TEST
Each length of pipe shall be given a mill hydrostatic test, which will produce in the
pipe wall a hoop stress of 90% of the minimum specified yield strength. Test
pressure shall be maintained for 10 seconds. The test shall be carried out after the
pipe end weld beads are ground flush.
Hydrostatic pressure shall be continuously monitored throughout the test, from the
start of pressurization to the completion of depressurization. Suitable equipment
shall be used to provide a continuous record of test pressure, holding time, and the
ambient temperature.
Hydrostatic test gauges shall be calibrated prior to the commencement of
production and shall be recalibrated weekly. Certified dead-weight testers shall be
used for calibration. The Buyer shall witness the calibration of the gauges.
The pressure test shall show no variation in pressure, which is not directly related
to a change in recorded temperature. The test medium shall be clean, filtered nonsaline potable water with added corrosion inhibitors. The inhibited water shall be
free from sand, dirt and organic material. The hydrostatic test records and
certificates shall be identified to the individual pipe section numbers.
No welding shall be allowed after hydrostatic testing has been completed.
6.5
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
The Vendor shall submit a schedule showing the complete plan for drawing
submittal, manufacturing, testing, and delivery to the site. This schedule shall
include hold points pertaining to the entire work.
The Buyer or representative reserves the right to enter the Bidder's facility for
verification of work. The Buyer shall have the right to reject any and all materials or
order the rework of any and all parts and components not meeting specification
requirements at no additional cost.
The Vendor shall provide to the Buyer with all inspection records, laboratory
certificates and any other documentation deemed by the Buyer to be required for
verification of materials used or work done. The Vendor shall keep records of
chemical and physical mill certifications for all materials. These records shall be
made available to the Buyer, upon request.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 23 of 27
The Vendor shall be responsible for the inspection, quality assurance and control
of all work. The Buyer reserves the right to supplement and amend the Vendor's
quality control program if determined necessary at any time.
Any pipe mill producing line pipe to the API 5L 46th edition and this specification's
standard shall establish a written procedure for the control and administration of
NDE personnel training, examination, and certification. This document shall also
describe the responsibility of each level of certification (Levels I, II, and III)
regarding the determination of the acceptability of the pipe welds and pipe body
material, in accordance with the applicable codes, standards, and this
specification. This procedure shall be submitted to Buyer for approval 15 days
before production starts.
Certification of all levels of personnel is the responsibility of the Bidder. A Bidder
who purchases outside services is responsible for assuring that training and
examination services are in accordance with the Bidder's written practices and this
specification.
Personnel qualified to a least Level II and supervised by a Level III inspector in
accordance with ASNT Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1A or equivalent shall
perform all non-destructive examinations.
6.6
REPAIR OF DEFECTS
All defect repair procedures require written approval by the Buyer.
The wall thickness of the repaired area shall be checked and shall be within the
specified wall thickness tolerance.
When a weld repair is required, care shall be taken to ensure that the defect is
completely removed and the remaining cavity thoroughly cleaned, and before
repair welding, the area shall be magnetic particle tested. The repair weld shall be
ground to merge smoothly into the original contour of the pipe. The weld repair
shall be in full accordance with API 5L 46th edition.
All defect repairs shall require retesting by non-destructive methods and
hydrostatic testing
6.7
INFORMATION REQUIRED
The Vendor shall submit to the Buyer their detailed Manufacturing Procedure
Specification (MPS) for each grade and size of line pipe (for each pipe mill and
source of steel supply). The Vendor shall clearly list any proposed deviation from
this Specification. Where no deviations are proposed, the Vendor shall be
considered as fully accepting all the requirements of this Specification.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 24 of 27
The MPS shall list all manufacturing and inspection operations in the correct
sequence and shall include, at a minimum, but not limited to, the following
information:
 Steelmaker and plant location
 Casting process (ingot, or continuous cast and segregation control)
 Chemical composition (in addition to aim composition, ranges for each
element and levels of tramp or impurity elements shall be given)
 Slab conditioning
 Slab re-heating
 Plate rolling (including details of any thermo-mechanical processing, finish
rolling temperature, thickness control, and specialized cooling)
 Edge and bevel preparation
 Weld bevel cleaning
 Pipe forming procedure
 Tack, seam, and repair welding procedures
 Electrode, wire, and flux handling procedures
 Cold expansion method
 Hydrostatic testing
 Quality control/inspection procedures, including all inspection tools and
certification
 Full details of all non-destructive testing required by this Specification
 Details of mechanical testing, including those for mill control
 Procedure for the reduction of residual magnetism
 Procedures for storage and handling of pipe for shipment
 Any other information per section 4 of API 5L, 46th edition.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 25 of 27
7.
7.1
PACKING, SHIPPING AND STORAGE
GENERAL
Before the mainline pipe is shipped from the factory, each completed pipe section
shall be cleaned thoroughly to remove all foreign matter. All exterior ferrous metal
surfaces shall be coated to prevent oxidation. Any surface damage that has been
previously painted shall be satisfactorily repaired. Note that this provision does not
apply to the external pipe surface if an external coating system is applied.
The pipe shall be loaded for shipment in accordance with API RP 5L1, Railroad
Transportation of Mainline pipe, and API RP 5L5, Marine Transportation of Line
Pipe, as applicable and subject to verification by the Buyer. A detailed Pipe
Handling/Storage/Transport Procedure shall be submitted to the Buyer for approval
30 days before any pipe handling/shipping begins.
As preference, the pipes shall be loaded in 42-feet closed containers for marine
transportation; in case the pipes be stowed below the deck the hatch covers shall
be closed to prevent the contact of seawater to the pipe metal.
The bearing strips for the pipe shall be according to API RP 5L1.
Metal chains to restrain pipe(s) are prohibited.
The pipe shall be handled in a way such that the chance of damage will be kept to
a minimum. Lifting of the pipes shall be done with straps made of a cloth-type
material or vacuum lifts. Lifting of the pipe by metal hooks is prohibited. Each pipe
shall be fitted with approved caps suitable for lifting with hooks on both ends to
prevent damage during shipping.
7.2
HANDLING OF COATED PIPE
The pipe shall be handled in such a manner as to protect the pipe and the coating
from damage. Only padded fixing hooks shall be used for handling the pipe. End
caps (bevel protector) shall be used to protect all prepared pipe ends; the bevel
protector shall be of such design, material, and mechanical strength to avoid
damages during handling, shipping and transportation. Closed-End caps shall be
used on internally coated pipes.
Stacked pipes shall be separated from each other to prevent damage. The
stacking arrangement shall be according to API RP 5L5. A detailed Pipe Handling
Procedure shall be submitted to Buyer for approval 30 days before any pipe
handling/shipping begins. No shipping/loading shall be permitted before procedure
is approved by Buyer. Storage of coated pipe shall be on padded skids off the
ground surface in according to API RP 5L5.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 26 of 27
Refer to the specification for coating, document N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004
"Technical Specification for External and Internal Coating" for further requirements.
Vendor to submit truck-loading calculations for each pipe size listed in the project
requisition, for use in movement. The required rigging configuration for the flatbed
trucks. The plan shall clearly show the maximum number of pipes to be safely
transported over the road and required restraints to be used.
7.3
SHIPPING
The Vendor's bid shall include shipping and all packing for shipping costs involved
for delivery as stated in the material requisition. Bidder shall provide a detailed pipe
shipping procedure to Owner for approval 30 days before first shipping date
according to API 5L1, API 5L5.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003-0
Page 27 of 27
GERENCIA DE PROYECTOS
INGENIERIA DE DETALLES IMPULSIÓN DE AGUA DE MAR TEA, NUEVA VICTORIA.
N° DE PROYECTO 9500010981
INGENIERIA DE DETALLES
ESPECIFICACIÓN TÉCNICA GENERAL
COMPRA DE REVESTIMIENTO INTERIOR Y EXTERIOR
TUBERÍA PIPELINE
DOCUMENTO SQM
Nº I0641-9673-ET-500-004
PÁGINAS
DOCUMENTO INTERNO
1 de 37
N° P289-ESP-PI-004
APROBACIONES
REV.
A
B
FECHA
27/03/23
POR
REV.
JEFE
PROYECTO
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
J. ESTAY
K. OVIEDO
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
J. ESTAY
COORDINACIÓN INTERNA
K. OVIEDO
J. IBAÑEZ
28/03/23
PARA APROBACIÓN
H. STACK
F. DONOSO
0
DESCRIPCIÓN
SQM
18/04/23
F. PARGA
K. OVIEDO
J. IBAÑEZ
PARA CONSTRUCCIÓN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................4
2.
SCOPE ......................................................................................................................5
2.1
GENERAL ..............................................................................................................5
2.2
DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................................5
2.3
COMMUNICATIONS ..............................................................................................6
3.
CODES AND STANDARDS ......................................................................................6
3.1
CODES...................................................................................................................6
3.2
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................8
4.
QUALITY SYSTEM ...................................................................................................9
5.
DOCUMENTATION AT THE BID STAGE .................................................................9
5.1
PRE-PRODUCTION DOCUMENTATION ............................................................ 10
5.2
PRODUCTION RECORDS .................................................................................. 11
5.3
RELEASE DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................ 11
6.
COATING ................................................................................................................ 12
6.1
GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 12
6.2
SURFACE PREPARATION.................................................................................. 13
6.3
BLAST CLEANING ............................................................................................... 14
6.4
EXTERNAL COATING THREE LAYER POLYETHYLENE (3LPE) ...................... 16
6.4.1 Application ............................................................................................................ 17
6.4.1.1 Primer Powder Epoxy Layer ............................................................................. 18
6.4.1.2 Adhesive ........................................................................................................... 19
6.4.1.3 Polyethylene (Pe) Layer/Cutback ..................................................................... 20
6.4.2 Properties ............................................................................................................. 20
6.4.2.1 Primer Powder Epoxy ....................................................................................... 20
6.4.2.2 Adhesive ........................................................................................................... 21
6.4.2.3 Polyethylene (PE) ............................................................................................. 21
6.4.3 Thickness ............................................................................................................. 22
6.4.4 Repairs ................................................................................................................. 22
6.4.5 Test and Inspection .............................................................................................. 23
6.5
EXTERNAL COATING POLYURETHANE ........................................................... 30
6.5.1 Application ............................................................................................................ 30
6.5.2 Properties ............................................................................................................. 31
6.5.3 Test and Inspection .............................................................................................. 31
6.6
INTERNAL COATING FBE .................................................................................. 31
6.6.1 Application ............................................................................................................ 31
6.6.2 Properties ............................................................................................................. 32
6.6.3 Thickness ............................................................................................................. 33
6.6.4 Repairs ................................................................................................................. 33
6.6.5 Test and Inspection .............................................................................................. 33
7.
MARKING ................................................................................................................ 34
8.
PACKING, SHIPPING, AND STORAGE ................................................................. 35
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 2 of 37
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 35
HANDLING OF COATED PIPE ............................................................................ 35
PIPE STACKING .................................................................................................. 36
DAMAGE TO PIPE, PIPE ENDS AND REPAIR ................................................... 36
SHIPPING ............................................................................................................ 37
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 3 of 37
1.
INTRODUCTION
SQM a través de la Gerencia de Proyectos, está en la fase de ejecución del
Proyecto de Impulsión de Agua de Mar TEA, el cual consiste en un sistema de
aducción, tuberías y estaciones de bombeo para levantar un máximo de 900 l/s
desde la playa el sector de Puerto Patillo, ubicada a 62 km al sur de la ciudad de
Iquique, hasta las pozas de recepción ubicadas en la zona de Pampa Hermosa
Oeste a una elevación de 1024 msnm, cercano a la antigua oficina salitrera
Victoria, con un largo total de ductos desde la aducción a la piscina de recepción
de casi 44 km.
La captación de agua de mar ubicada en sector Puerto Patillo se realizará a través
de una torre de captación y un ducto submarino. La tubería de captación,
contrapesos y paso por la rompiente alimentara una sentina con sistema de
compuertas y filtro de rejas en las cual se disponen bombas verticales multietapa
denominada estación bombeo auxiliar (EBA). La EBA alimentará una estación de
bombeo principal (EBP) ubicada aproximadamente a 2 kilómetros de distancia, la
cual recibirá el agua en un estanque de almacenamiento y utilizará un sistema de
bombas centrífugas horizontales multietapa para su impulsión hasta las piscinas
de recepción en el punto de destino, ubicadas en el sector de Pampa Hermosa,
conducción que en total posee una longitud de 40 kilómetros aproximadamente. El
pipeline en su trazado contará con tres piscinas de emergencia, ubicadas en
puntos de acumulación a lo largo de su extensión.
El presente servicio de ingeniería, solicitado por SQM a JRI Ingeniería S.A., se
ampara en el Contrato N°9500010981, denominado “Ingeniería de Detalles
Impulsión de Agua de Mar Tea, Nueva Victoria”.
Este documento corresponde a la especificación técnica de revestimiento interno y
externo de la tubería pipeline, el cual suscriben JRI y SQM.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 4 of 37
2.
SCOPE
2.1
GENERAL
This Specification defines the minimum technical requirements for coating systems
applied in the workshop for pipelines. The external coating system shall comprise a
Three-Layer Polyethylene (3LPE) for underground pipeline and Polyurethane for
aboveground pipelines. The internal coating shall comprise a Fusion Bonded
Epoxy (FBE).
The pipe may be stored outdoors for extended periods. The coatings systems shall
be sufficiently flexible to be compatible with the normal pipe flexing encountered
during pipeline construction and for use with cold field bending of radius as small
as 30-pipe diameter. The finished coating shall have the property of retaining good
flexibility and color integrity when exposed to sunlight and weathering for at least
six months.
All coating materials shall be applied according to the material manufacturer’s
instructions.
It is responsibility of the Bidder and his subcontractors to stop the coating process
at any time when conditions may exist that might adversely affect the coating
quality.
During all phases of the coating application, the beveled pipe ends shall be
protected from damage.
Bidder may propose another type of exterior pipe coating equal to or better than
specified.
2.2
DEFINITIONS
In this document:
"Vendor"
Refers to the party responsible for the supply of the pipe identified
herein.
"Owner"
Refers to Soquimich (SQM).
"Buyer"
Refers to Soquimich (SQM).
"Lot"
Refers to a group of pipes of the same diameter and wall thickness,
which have been fabricated from the same heat of steel.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 5 of 37
2.3
COMMUNICATIONS
All formal project communications, including drawings and procedure submittals to
and from the Vendor, shall be routed to the Buyer.
The Buyer representative/inspector will be designated at the discretion of the
Buyer.
Owner will provide Vendor distribution at or near to the time of any order for goods
purchased under this document. Parties may be inspectors, engineers, and
owner's representative or other third parties, at the Owner's discretion.
3.
CODES AND STANDARDS
3.1
CODES
This Specification shall be in accordance with standards and codes included in
Project Standard List of Codes and Standards.
The following document shall be used in conjunction with this Specification:
Nº I0641-9673-ET-500-003, “Especificación Técnica General para Compra de
Tuberías de Acero Pipeline”.
The following industry codes and standards applicable to the coating system and
its application shall also form part of this Specification:
AWWA C213
Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and
Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines
ASTM D149
Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage
and Dielectric Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating
Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies
ASTM D638
Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics
ASTM D746
Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of
Plastics and Elastomers by Impact
ASTM D790
Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of
Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical
Insulating Materials
ASTM D792
Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity
(Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement
ASTM D1238
Standard Test Method for Melt Flow
Thermoplastics by Extrusion Plastometer
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Rates
Page 6 of 37
of
ASTM D1505
Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the
Density-Gradient Technique
ASTM D1525
Standard Test Method for Vicat Softening Temperature of
Plastics
ASTM D1603
Standard Test Method for Carbon Black Content in Olefin
Plastics
ASTM D1693
Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking
of Ethylene Plastics
ASTM D2240
Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer
Hardness
ASTM D3451
Standard Guide for Testing Coating Powders and Powder
Coatings
ASTM D3895
Standard Test Method for Oxidative-Induction Time of
Polyolefins by Differential Scanning Calorimetry
ASTM D4217
Standard Test Method for Gel Time of Thermosetting
Coating Powder
ASTM E96
Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
Materials
ASTM E203
Standard Test Method for Water Using Volumetric Karl
Fischer Titration
ASTM G6
Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of
Pipeline Coatings
ASTM G8
Standard Test Methods for Cathodic Disbonding of
Pipeline Coatings
ASTM G14
Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Pipeline
Coatings (Falling Weight Test)
ASTM G17
Standard Test Method for Penetration Resistance of
Pipeline Coatings (Blunt Rod)
BS 7079
Preparation of steel substrates before application of
paints and related products. Visual assessment of
surface cleanliness.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 7 of 37
BS 7079 – Part A1
Specification for rust grades and preparation grades of
un-coated steel substrates and of steel substrates after
overall removal of previous coatings. (1994).[Identical
with ISO 8501-1 (part 1)].
BS EN ISO 8503-1
Preparation of steel surfaces before application of paints
and related products. Method for the grading of surface
profile of abrasively blast cleaned steel using a
comparator (1995).
DIN 30670
Polyethylene Coatings for Steel Pipe and Fittings
(Requirements and Testing).
DIN 53380
Testing of plastic films; determination of the gas
transmission rate
ISO 21809-1
External coatings for buried or submerged pipelines used
in pipeline transportation systems.
SSPC-SP-1
Solvent Cleaning.
CAN/CSA Z245.20-14
Plant-applied external coatings for steel pipe 2014.
CAN/CSA Z245.21-14
Plant-applied external polyethylene coating for steel pipe
2014
If any conflict exists between this Specification and/or the above-referenced
standards, the most stringent requirement shall prevail. If the Bidder is unsure of
any of the requirements, or any conflicts, he shall submit the query in writing to the
Buyer and Engineer for clarification.
3.2
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
I0641-9673-CD-500-002
Criterio de Diseño Cañerías
I0641-9673-CD-300-002
Criterio de Diseño Pipeline
I0641-9673-CD-500-001
Criterio de Diseño Hidráulico
I0641-9673-ET-500-003
Technical Specification for Sea water Mainline
Pipe
I0641-9673-MC-500-013
Memoria de Cálculo Hidráulico
Impulsión EBA Actualización
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Sistema
Page 8 of 37
de
I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Memoria de Cálculo Hidráulico
Impulsión EBP Actualización
Sistema
de
In the event of a conflict between the above-referenced codes and standards and
this specification, the most stringent requirements shall apply.
In the event of a conflict between the laws, regulations, standards, and codes
applied to the Project and technical specifications, the Vendor shall bring such
instances to the Buyer's attention for clarification and a ruling. As a general rule,
the most stringent requirement shall be followed to ensure compliance with other
applicable laws, regulations, standards, codes, and specifications.
4.
QUALITY SYSTEM
The Bidder shall operate a Quality Management System in compliance with
ISO 9001 or Project approved equivalent, as appropriate. A Project specific Quality
Plan shall be submitted within 4-weeks from contract or purchase order award, for
acceptance by the Owner/Buyer. This Plan shall ensure compliance with the
requirements of the contract or purchase order and any statutory authority
requirements that may apply, and include all activities to be undertaken by the
Bidder to meet the Scope of Work, and requirements of this Specification.
5.
DOCUMENTATION AT THE BID STAGE
The Bidder shall submit the following documentation to Buyer/Engineer (in English
language) for review at the bid stage:
•
Details of the coating materials including data from the raw material
manufacturers, detailing test results, which demonstrate that the proposed
system conforms to the requirements of this Specification.
•
Details of the Manufacturer’s product specification shall be provided for internal
coat FBE and external coatings systems 3LPE and Polyethylene.
•
Details of coating methods including surface preparation, application
temperature, and required working conditions (humidity, dust and temperature
etc).
•
Confirmation that the specified thickness of the coating system will meet the
requirements of this Specification.
•
An outline QA/QC plan detailing the inspection and testing that will be carried
out to ensure the final product meets or exceeds the requirements of this
Specification.
•
Details of any proposed sub-contractor.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 9 of 37
5.1
•
A copy of the QA accreditation certificate.
•
Draft repair procedure.
PRE-PRODUCTION DOCUMENTATION
The Bidder shall submit the following documentation to Buyer/Engineer for
approval prior to commencing production:
•
The Manufacturer’s trade name and data sheets for all proposed coating
materials. This includes cleaning and abrasive blasting consumables.
•
Method for identifying, or maintaining the identification of each coated item.
•
Handling procedure.
•
Stacking procedure.
•
Materials control and traceability procedure for the batches of coating materials.
•
Materials storage procedure (pipe and coating materials).
•
Method for steel surface preparation including materials, cleaning, inspection,
verification of cleanliness and surface profile.
•
Coating application procedures, including fusion bonded epoxy (FBE), adhesive
and polyethylene layers.
•
The results of the batch tests for batches to be used for pre-qualification tests.
•
Details of testing methods including instrument types and copies of current
calibration certificates.
•
Details of inspection methods for bare and coated pipe in the form of an
Inspection and test plan (ITP) for both production and PQT.
•
Full test results from the coating Procedure Qualification Test (PQT).
•
Repair procedure and results of tests on demonstration of repairs.
•
Project specific Quality Plan.
Work shall not begin until these procedures have been reviewed and approved by
Buyer/Engineer.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 10 of 37
5.2
PRODUCTION RECORDS
A daily log containing the following data shall be maintained and be available for
inspection by Buyer, or Owners designated representative during and/or after
production. The following data shall be recorded against the pipe unique
identification number:
•
Bare pipe inspection data.
•
Ambient temperature (every 4 hours).
•
Humidity (every 4 hours).
•
Coating progress (number of items coated, including item serial numbers).
•
Blast pipe surface amplitude.
•
Tests for cleanliness of blast surface.
•
Tests for cleanliness of blast medium.
•
Film thickness measurements.
•
Average, maximum and minimum coating thickness during each shift.
•
Details of any coating defects recorded and defect density on respective pipe
length.
•
Details of any coating repairs.
•
The unique identification number of all items that are stripped for recoating.
•
Pipe coating test results.
•
Numerical values shall be recorded. Phrases such as ‘acceptable’ or ‘within
Manufacturer’s stated limits’ are not acceptable.
The log shall be available to Owner/Buyer, or Owner’s designated representative
throughout all coating operations.
5.3
RELEASE DOCUMENTATION
The Bidder shall submit to Buyer the following documentation in hard copy and
Microsoft Excel compatible electronic format with each batch of pipes released:
•
Production listing for each batch.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 11 of 37
•
Unique pipe identification numbers.
•
Unique coating identification number (if different).
•
Pipe length.
•
Reductions in lengths due to use in tests, damage or repairs, recorded against
pipe unique identification number.
•
Date of coating.
•
Batch numbers of coating materials used.
•
Listing of pipe repairs.
•
This shall be followed within two weeks by the following:
•
Manufacturer’s certificates for each batch of coating materials.
•
Certification/calibration certificates for all testing and coating equipment.
•
Inspection and test records, results and other documentation of all materials
and coating tests.
All reports shall be signed by the Bidder to signify compliance with the
requirements of this Specification.
6.
COATING
6.1
GENERAL
The Bidder shall provide coating materials to effect a high quality, external pipe
coating system fully compliant with this Specification. The Bidder shall submit to
Buyer for approval, names of suppliers and specifications for all materials.
The Bidder shall submit certificates of material conformity and test results to the
Buyer, for all coating materials. All materials used for pipe coating shall be
appropriately cross-referenced to relevant test results. All material packages shall
be labelled with the batch number. Bidder quality control (QC) shall crossreference batch number with Certificate of Material detailing the following minimum
information:
•
Name of manufacturer.
•
Complete material identification, i.e. trade name, chemical name and type of
product details.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 12 of 37
•
Batch number.
•
Date of manufacture.
•
Place of manufacturer.
•
Shelf life/expiry date (if applicable).
•
Relevant specification/manufacturing standard or product identification.
•
Health and safety, and environmental instructions.
•
Hazard warnings.
•
Storage instructions.
•
Quantity.
All materials not suitably labelled shall be deemed unacceptable by Buyer and be
rejected.
All materials shall be used at least one month prior to product expiration date. All
materials less than one month from expiration date shall be rejected by Buyer.
Bidder shall remove and replace all rejected material solely at Bidder’s expense.
6.2
SURFACE PREPARATION
All surface contaminants such as oil, grease, tar, or other contaminants on the pipe
shall be removed by solvent cleaning (xylol-mineral spirits or similar), in
accordance with SSPC-SP1 or alternative Buyer/Engineer approved procedure.
Prepare bare metal exterior surfaces for coating abrasive blast cleaning to a
minimum Near White Metal degree of cleaning per SSPC-SP10 unless a higher
degree of cleanliness is required by the coating material manufactured.
Salt contamination shall be removed by rinsing the complete surface of the pipe
with fresh clean water prior to blast cleaning.
All water used for rinsing or cleaning purposes shall be potable with less than
200 ppm total dissolved solids and 50 ppm chlorides.
Following cleaning, the pipe shall be tested for salt and oil contamination.
A Buyer/Engineer approved salt meter shall be used to carry out salt tests; one test
shall be carried out at each end and one at the center of the pipe. The salt test
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 13 of 37
meter shall be calibrated and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendation. The acceptance criteria shall not exceed 2 µg/cm2.
The removal of hydrocarbon contamination shall be confirmed by a water spray
break test, where a fine spray is applied to the surface and uniform wetting
confirms the removal. This check shall be carried out on start-up pipe and pipe
which will not be production coated.
Items found to be contaminated shall be cleaned as above and re-blasted if testing
after blasting establishes that salt or hydrocarbon contamination is still present.
The remainder of the batch concerned shall all be checked individually.
6.3
BLAST CLEANING
Blasting and other dust producing areas shall be separate from coating application
areas.
After water rinsing and cleaning and prior to abrasive blasting the pipe lengths shall
be uniformly heated to at least 60°C to remove all moisture, and preclude any
condensation of moisture on the pipe after blast cleaning.
The ends of the pipe shall be fitted with plugs to prevent entry of abrasive into the
pipe during the blast cleaning operations. Pipes with machined weld bevels shall
not be linked together at any stage of production such that there is contact
between the prepared weld faces.
Weld joints, sharp-edge projections, weld spatter and slag etc. shall be dressed
prior to blast cleaning.
Using dry blasting techniques only, the exterior surface of the pipe joints shall be
abrasively cleaned to remove all mill scale, and other impurities from the surface.
The abrasive shall be iron or steel grit to provide the specified anchor pattern. The
use of round shot or sand is not permitted.
Blasting abrasive shall be kept dry, clean and free from contamination. When
recovered metallic grit systems are used, a stablished working mix of blast
cleaning material shall be established and maintained by frequent small additions
from fresh or cleaned stock at a rate sufficient to replenish consumption. Large
additions of new material shall be avoided.
No blast cleaning shall take place when the prevailing relative humidity is greater
than 85 percent unless pipe is preheated to at least 3°C above the dew point.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 14 of 37
Twice per shift, samples of the abrasive mixture shall be removed from the hopper
and checked for hydrocarbon contamination. The sample shall be placed in a
beaker to which de-ionised water is added. The beaker shall then be sealed and
shaken vigorously. Once the grit has settled the surface of the water shall be
examined for signs of hydrocarbon contamination. If any signs are found all the
abrasive in the hopper shall be rejected and not re-used.
Additionally, abrasive materials shall be checked at least once per shift to ensure
that only uncontaminated angular grit with an acceptable size distribution is used.
As a minimum the following shall be carried out:
Correct abrasive size distribution shall be carried out by sieve analysis.
Placing a sample of abrasive on a clean, dry sheet of absorbent paper to
determine water contamination.
The surfaces of the pipes shall be blasted until a finish of Sa 2.5 to BS 7079:
Part 1A (steel condition A or B) is attained. The surface profile (anchor pattern)
shall be between 60 and 100 microns, measured in accordance with BS EN ISO
8503-2. Profile measurements shall be made with a Keane-Tator Profile
Comparator, Testex Press-O-Film or other Buyer/Engineer approved method
suitable for the abrasive being used.
Following abrasive blasting, the surface shall not be contaminated with residual mill
scale, dirt, dust, metal particles, hydrocarbons, water, chlorides, sulphates or any
other foreign matter, which would be detrimental to the coating. If pipe was
delivered with a temporary coating such as varnish, the pipe surface shall be
checked at a magnification of x30 to confirm no residues of varnish remain in the
anchor pattern valleys.
Prior to the coating application, the exterior surface shall be thoroughly inspected
under adequate lighting. Any damage such as distortion, buckling, denting,
flattening, surface imperfections, slivers, scabs, burrs, gouges, or sharp edged
defects, shall be repaired in accordance with this Specification, and ASME B31.4
version 2016 and API 5L 46th ed. at Bidder’s cost. Pipes that have damage
repaired by grinding and have ground areas greater than 50 mm diameter shall be
re-blasted to meet the requirements of the clauses above.
Any dust or loose residue that has accumulated during blasting and/or grinding
operations shall be removed by the use of clean compressed air or by vacuum
extraction. Alternative methods for removing dust and lint shall require approval of
Buyer/Engineer.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 15 of 37
The total elapsed time between the start of blasting of any pipe and the heating of
that pipe to the specified temperature shall not exceed 2 hours as long as the pipe
is held at 3°C above the dew point. However, any flash rusting regardless of
elapsed time shall be cause for rejection of the pipe.
Any pipe surface not processed within the period stated above or any pipe that is
rejected due to flash rusting shall be completely re-cleaned and re-blasted before
coating.
6.4
EXTERNAL COATING THREE LAYER POLYETHYLENE (3LPE)
The FBE powder selected shall be suitable for use at the design temperatures in
the proposed environment and be designed only for use as an integral constituent
of a three-layer polyethylene coating system. The FBE shall be endorsed by the
manufacturer of the adhesive and polyethylene as being compatible with these
products under the specified service conditions.
Each FBE batch shall be accompanied by a certificate (BS EN 10204: 1991 or
Project approved equivalent) stating the following tests have been carried out on
every batch, and results are in accordance with the manufacturer’s product
specifications:
•
Gel time.
•
Moisture content.
•
Particle size distribution.
•
Density.
•
Infrared scan.
•
Thermal analysis.
For the primer, the minimum acceptable material shall be 3M Scotchkote 226N or
its equivalent.
The adhesive shall be manufactured by the manufacturer of the polyethylene and
shall be completely suitable for use at the design temperatures in the proposed
environment, and be suitable for the proposed three-layer polyethylene coating
system.
Each adhesive batch shall be accompanied by a certificate (BS EN 10204: 1991 or
Project approved equivalent) stating the following tests have been carried out on
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 16 of 37
every batch, and results are in accordance with the manufacturer’s product
specifications:
•
Melt flow index.
•
Density.
•
Adhesion.
The minimum acceptable material for the adhesive shall be DuPont Fusabond A
EMB206D, Borealis Borcoat ME0420 or its equivalent.
The polyethylene selected shall be of high density and shall contain additives as
required to provide ultra-violet protection for a minimum exposed storage period of
12 months. The polyethylene shall be suitable for the proposed three-layer
polyethylene coating system.
Each polyethylene batch shall be accompanied by a certificate (BS EN 10204:
1991 or equivalent) stating the following tests have been carried out on every
batch, and results are in accordance with the manufacturer’s product specification:
•
Density.
•
Melt flow index.
•
Melting point.
The minimum acceptable material for the Polyethylene shall be Borcoat HE3450 or
its equivalent.
6.4.1 Application
Under no circumstances shall production commence until all coating procedures
have been reviewed and approved by the Buyer. The Bidder shall also perform
coating procedure qualification testing (PQT).
All coating materials shall be applied according to the material manufacturer’s
instructions, and the requirements of this Specification.
It is responsibility of Bidder and his subcontractors to stop the coating process at
any time when conditions may exist that might adversely affect the coating quality.
During all phases of the coating application, the beveled pipe ends shall be
protected from damage.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 17 of 37
Prior to application of the fusion epoxy powder, the powder application and
recovery systems shall be thoroughly cleaned. During coating application no
container/hopper shall contain powder/pellets from more than one batch of material
unless it is required to keep the coating process continuous. In addition, the spray
booth shall be cleaned of excess powder at the end of each shift.
The external surface of the cleaned pipe shall be immediately coated with a threelayer polyethylene coating as summarized below. While applying the coating,
Bidder shall ensure that there is no entrapment of air or void formation. The
resultant coating shall be free of air bubbles, wrinkles, holidays, irregularities,
discontinuities, etc.
A polyethylene layer cut back of 225 mm (± 10 mm) shall be provided at pipe ends
as follows: Pipe ends shall be supplied as bare steel, free of all coating, for a
distance of 200 mm (± 10mm) from the pipe end. In addition, each pipe end shall
be left without polyethylene/adhesive coating so that a 25 mm undamaged FBE toe
protrudes on the steel beyond the cutback polyethylene coating layer. The
adhesive shall seal the end of the applied coating to prevent peeling, cracking, or
other coating damage from occurring at the terminations
Figure 6.1: Detail of Pipe Ends and Coating Cutback
6.4.1.1 Primer Powder Epoxy Layer
The FBE primer layer shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 200 microns and
a maximum of 300 microns; however the average thickness shall not be less than
250 microns.
The pipe shall be uniformly preheated in accordance with the FBE manufacturer’s
instructions. It is essential that the steel temperature is sufficient to ensure total
wetting of the surface by the FBE. This temperature shall have been confirmed
during PQT. The surface temperature shall not exceed 275°C. The heating shall be
conducted such that a uniform temperature is maintained along the total length of
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 18 of 37
the pipe joint with particular attention being given to the pipe ends where cooling
could result from the use of pipe couplers, which could result in premature
adhesion failure in service. The heating method shall not contaminate the surface
to be coated.
The coating shall be applied by electrostatic spray with the pipe at earth potential
and the epoxy powder charged to high potential.
Pipe temperature shall be checked periodically using a recording pyrometer. The
pyrometer shall be checked for error not less than every four hours against a
calibrated temperature-measuring instrument according to the procedural
requirements of ISO 9001, or Project approved equivalent.
Oxidation of the steel prior to coating in the form of ‘blueing’ or other apparent
oxide formation is not acceptable. If such oxidation occurs, the pipe shall be set
aside, re-cleaned and re-blasted.
The use of recycled FBE powder shall not be permitted.
During application, the beveled ends and pipe bore shall be protected against
mechanical damage and from contamination with coating material.
6.4.1.2 Adhesive
The adhesive shall be applied by using either the crossheads, by lateral extrusion
or powder spray techniques, immediately after the primer powder epoxy (i.e. before
the gel time of the FBE has expired). Application of the adhesive shall not be
permitted after the FBE has fully cured.
Where adhesive is applied by spray instead of extruded means the recovered
comingled FBE powder and adhesive shall be reused through dedicated guns only.
Such guns shall be located between those spraying FBE powder and those used to
apply the co-polymer spray adhesive.
The Bidder shall establish to the satisfaction of Buyer that the adhesive is applied
within the gel time window of the FBE and at the temperature recommended by the
adhesive manufacturer. The Bidder shall state the proposed minimum and
maximum time interval between FBE and adhesive applications at the proposed
pre-heat temperature.
The thickness of the adhesive coat shall be 200 and 300 microns.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 19 of 37
6.4.1.3 Polyethylene (Pe) Layer/Cutback
The polyethylene may be applied by either the crosshead or lateral extrusion
technique. The polyethylene shall be applied over the adhesive within the time and
temperature limits established during pre-production testing.
The polyethylene coating shall be applied on single or multiple layers such that the
total thickness of the coating is as specified below:
Table 6-1: Minimum Total Finished Coating Thickness
Minimum Total
Nominal Pipe
(Powder) Epoxy
Adhesive
Finished Coating
Diameter (inches)
Thickness (mm)
20 and above
8 mils to 12 mils
9 mils to 16 mils
3.5 (137.8 mils)
The polyethylene shall be extruded such that there is a minimum of 12.7 mm (1/2
inch) and a maximum of 25.4 mm (1 inch) overlap with the lapped surfaces
completely fused together.
During the entire coating operation, the pipe and coating components shall be
maintained at the optimum temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer
for maximum adhesion at the contact surfaces. When the friction from the extrusion
process does not raise the coating materials to the specified temperature an
external heat source shall be used.
Upon completion of the coating application, the pipe shall be cooled by quenching
in water (to below 60°C), before handling.
The ends of the coating shall be beveled between 30° and 45° from the pipe
surface.
Immediately after the coating is fully cured, pipe identification marks shall be
reapplied to the coated pipe using a method approved by the Buyer.
6.4.2 Properties
The following materials supplied by the Bidder shall be certified as complying with
the required standards.
6.4.2.1 Primer Powder Epoxy
All epoxy powder used shall comply with the material properties listed below when
tested in accordance with the standards indicated:
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 20 of 37
Table 6-2: Primer Epoxy Properties
Property
Unit
Acceptance Criteria
-Sieve opening of 100µm
%retained
maximum 10
-Sieve opening of 100µm
%retained
minimum 90
Test
Method
Particle size
Gel Time (at 200°C)
second
Density
gr/cm3
Moisture
%
Meet Supplier’s
Specification
Meet Supplier’s
Specification
maximum 0.5
ASTM
D3451
ASTM
D4217
ASTM D792
ASTM E203
6.4.2.2 Adhesive
All adhesives used shall comply with the material properties listed below when
tested in accordance with the standards indicated:
Table 6-3: Adhesive Properties
Property
Test
Method
ASTM
D1238
Unit
Acceptance Criteria
Melt Flow Index
gr/10
min
3 to 8
Density
gr/cm3
0.91 to 0.95
ASTM
D1505
MPa
minimum: 11
ASTM D638
%
minimum: 500
ASTM D638
MPa
minimum 60
ASTM D790
Shore D
minimum 30
ASTM
D2240
°C
minimum 95
ASTM
D1525
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Flexural Modulus
Hardness
Melting Point
6.4.2.3 Polyethylene (PE)
All high-density polyethylene resin used shall comply with the material properties
listed below when tested in accordance with the standards indicated:
Table 6-4: Polyethylene Properties
Property
Unit
Acceptance Criteria
Test Method
-
Manufacturer’s Standard
-
Tensile strength
psi
Minimum 2700
ASTM D638
Elongation
%
Minimum 700% at break
ASTM D638
gr/cm3
0.94–0.96
ASTM D1505
Color
Density
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 21 of 37
Property
Carbon Black
Content
Dielectric Strength
Environmental
Stress
Unit
Acceptance Criteria
Test Method
%
2% to 2.5%
ASTM D1603
V/mil
Minimum 800
Minimum of F 50:
10% Igepal CO-630. Value of
150 hours.
ASTM D149
Crack Resistance
Abrasion
Resistance
Impact Resistance
In-lb
100% Igepal CO 630. Value of
1000 hours.
No change in electrical
resistance or appearance.
Minimum 160 in - lb at 77°F
(25°C) and 108 in-lb at -40°F (40°C)
ASTM D1693
ASTM G6
ASTM G14
Blunt Rod
Penetration
Melt Flow Rate
%
Maximum 13%
ASTM G17
g/10min
0.15 to 0.80
ASTM D1238
Hardness
shore D
ASTM D2240
cm3/m2/24hr /
bar
Minimum 60 shore D
Minimum 10 minutes in Oxygen
at 428°F (220°C)
Aluminum pan, no screen
Maximum 0.3 at 230°C,
0.1mm
Maximum 650 at 230C,
0.1 mm
Wt %
Maximum 0.01 wt %
ASTM D746
Maximum -94° F
(-70°C) for F20
ASTM D 746
Oxidative Induction
Time
Permeability- Water
Vapour
Permeability Oxygen
Water Absorption
(24 hours + 25°C)
Brittleness
Temperature
Gm/m2/24Hr
ASTM D3895
ASTM E96
DIN 53380
6.4.3 Thickness
The total coating system shall be applied to the following minimum thickness
requirements.
Table 6-5: Minimum Total Finished Coating Thickness
Nominal Pipe
Minimum Total Finished
Diameter (inches)
Coating Thickness (mm)
32
2.5
The thickness of the cooled polyethylene coating system shall be checked using
Buyer approved equipment in accordance with the requirements of DIN30670.
6.4.4 Repairs
Bidder shall submit detailed coating repair procedures for approval by
Owner/Buyer. These shall include procedures for repair of ‘pin-hole’, ‘small area’
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 22 of 37
and ‘large area’ defects. The minimum and maximum areas for which each type of
repair is applicable shall be stated.
The maximum number of coating defects allowable, before a joint of pipe shall be
classed as reject and recoated, shall not exceed 1 per 1 square meter (peel
adhesion testing shall be carried out at the pipe ends in the areas that will
ultimately be subject to cutback and not in the main body of the coated pipe).
No single defect shall exceed an area of 625 mm 2. Pipes with a coating defect
exceeding 625 mm2 shall be cause for rejection.
Repair shall be limited to a total damaged surface area no greater than 6” x 6”
(150 mm x 150) mm on a single pipe.
Pipes with damage to the external 3LPE coating greater than 6” x 6” (150 mm x
150 mm) in total surface area shall be rejected and replaced by the Vendor.
Repairs shall provide a finished coating equal in effectiveness to that of the parent
coating.
The use of heat-shrink sleeves is not considered an acceptable repair method.
Bidder shall submit coating stripping procedure for pipes rejected for coating
quality. The rejected coating may be stripped by heating in an oven. Under these
circumstances, the temperature of the pipe joint shall not be allowed to rise above
400ºC.
Repairs to the 3LPE coating system applied to the pipe exterior shall be made
using the 3LPE heat activated repair patch, Canusa-CPS CRP-65 or its
equivalents.
6.4.5 Test and Inspection
All stages of the surface preparation, coating and testing shall be subject to 100%
inspection by the Bidder. Owner/Buyer or Owner’s designated representative shall
be informed at least two weeks prior to the start of surface preparation to allow
scheduling of inspection supervision work
Buyer may witness the 3LPE Procedure Qualification. Buyer shall be notified 15
days prior to Procedure Qualification date, to allow Engineer sufficient time for
travel arrangements.
Pipes selected for testing shall pass all the criteria contained in this specification
before production commences. Any change in the coating material or coating
procedure shall require re-qualification. If any of the tests fail to meet the minimum
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 23 of 37
acceptance criteria defined in this Specification, then the pre-qualification pipes
shall be rejected. Further pipes may be prepared and coated using revised
procedures and further tests performed. Once acceptable results are obtained and
approved by Buyer, the Bidder’s quality plan and procedures shall be revised, and
submitted to the Buyer for approval. All items coated using the rejected procedures
shall be stripped and recoated to the revised procedures.
As part of the PQT phase of the contract, the Bidder shall submit a ‘Procedure
Qualification Report’ for review and approval by the Buyer, in triplicate, within two
weeks of completing the PQT. Production shall not commence until the Bidder has
received (in writing) full and complete approval from the Buyer. As a minimum the
report shall include the following:
•
Coating materials specifications.
•
Details of coating equipment, materials and consumables.
•
Detailed surface preparation and coating procedures.
•
Detailed procedures for each type of inspection and testing carried out (as
detailed in Appendix A of this Specification).
•
Detailed results from all inspection and testing activities carried out.
An exception could be done for the cathodic disbondment test of 28 days, as long
as the 48-hour test results reach the requirements stated in the test method and
the 28 days-test is in process. In case of test of 28 days result in fail, Bidder shall
remove (own cost) the whole coat from the pipes already coated and shall restart
the process with a new MPS and PQT.
Table 6-6: Production Testing Frequency
Property
On Arrival
Pipe Damage
Before Cleaning
Pipe condition
After Cleaning
Chloride
Oil
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Acceptable Values
Minimum
Frequency
Minor damage/grinding <3 per
pipe
Each Pipe
Conditions A&B of BS
7079 Part 1A
Each Pipe
2 mg/cm2
No contamination
1 per 100 pipe
1 per 100 pipe
Page 24 of 37
Property
After Abrasive
Blasting
Cleanliness
Profile
Dust
Contamination
Pipe Damage
Acid Washing
(where necessary)
Chromate
Pretreatment
Temperature of
solution Concentration
Coating Thickness
(minimum)
Hollydays
Visual Inspection
Coating
Bare steel at pipe
ends
FBE toe/PE cutbacks
Acceptable Values
Minimum
Frequency
ISO-Sa 2.5
60-100 µm
No contamination
Each pipe
1 pipe per 50
1 pipe per 50
Each pipe
Surface Ph of 6.0 minimum
Once per shift
Per Bidder’s procedure
Once per shift
Clause 6.4.3
No holidays
Each pipe
Each pipe
No surface defects
125 +25/-0 mm width
25 mm (±10mm) width,
bevel 30-45°
Each pipe
Each pipe
Each pipe
Clause 10.15 and Appendix B
1 pipe per 100
>35 N/cm at ambient
temperature as per DIN 30670
1 pipe per 100
≤0.2 mm
Once per shift
(and
when FBE or PE
batch is changed)
Air Entrapment
Adhesion
Peel Test
Resistance to
Indentation
PE coating
(20°C ±5°C)
PE coating
(70°C± 2°C)
Impact Testing
FBE
PE
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
≤0.3 mm
CAN/CSA Z245-20-M92
(Clause 12.12)
DIN 30670
On test at start of
production for
each
pipe dia. and in
case of any
change in
procedure.
Page 25 of 37
Property
Transverse
Electrical
Res. PE
UV Resistance PE
Degree of Cure FBE
coating
(separated from
Adhesive and PE).
Cathodic
Disbondment at Room
Temperature
Acceptable Values
Clause 10.10
Manufacturers certificate
Acceptable
-2°C ≤ΔTg ≤+ 3°C
48 hours @ 65°C @ -1.5V,
8mm radius maximum
Minimum
Frequency
One test at start
of
production for
information only
2 per Shift
First pipe, last
pipe
and at intervals of
every 350 pipes
Holiday Detector
The Bidder shall furnish, operate, and maintain a minimum of two holiday
detectors. The holiday detectors shall be of the full encirclement ring type with
adjustable output, which maintains complete contact with the coating. It may be
either constant or pulsed voltage type. If constant voltage type, holiday detection
shall be carried out on a dry coating. A suitable ‘kilovoltmeter’ or similar voltage
testing equipment shall be supplied and the operating voltage, between electrode
and pipe shall be checked not less than twice per working shift.
The operating voltage between electrode and pipe shall be maintained at 8
kilovolts/mm of coating thickness, to a maximum of 25 kilovolts. For testing FBE
only during the PQT, the voltage shall be set at 8 volts per micron thickness.
The Bidder shall demonstrate to Buyer that the setting of the detector is
satisfactory for detecting pinhole defects. This setting shall be checked once every
two hours. The correct travel speed shall be determined by consistent detection of
an artificial pinhole made in a good coating sample, but shall not exceed 300
mm/s.
The acceptance shall be no holiday indications with the holiday detector set at the
voltage stated above.
All holidays and other defects shall be marked for subsequent repair and re-testing.
On re-testing, no holidays shall be permitted in the final coating. The number of
holidays for each pipe length shall be recorded. Coated pipe having holidays in
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 26 of 37
excess of 1 per 1 square meter shall be stripped and re-coated at no additional
cost to Owner/Buyer.
If there is an excess occurrence of holidays on successive pipes (as specified by
the Owner/Buyer or Owner’s designated representative), the Bidder shall
immediately stop the coating operation to determine the cause and remedy it.
The Bidder shall also ensure that spare holiday detectors are available at all times
as well as spare fully charged batteries and spare detector spring rings, in order to
allow dirty and clogged rings to be changed and cleaned, without adversely
affecting the production schedule. In the event that Bidder is unable to holiday
detect the coating satisfactorily due to a faulty detector or otherwise, the coating
operation shall be shut down forthwith until a satisfactory detector is provided.
The coating adhesions of the FBE layer shall be tested using the St Andrews cross
method.
Adhesion
For the 3LPE coating, the adhesion shall be determined in accordance with the
requirements for bond strength in DIN 30670.
The failure mode shall be recorded. The failure should occur at the
adhesive/polyethylene interface or adhesive/FBE interface or cohesively in the
polyethylene layer. If failure should occur at the FBE/steel interface, this will be
considered a total failure of the system.
During adhesion testing, samples of coating shall be examined, using x30
magnification, for air entrapment.
Resistance to Indentation
Once per shift (and when the FBE or polyethylene batch is changed), the
indentation hardness of two coated samples shall be measured (at 20°C ± 5°C and
70°C ± 2°C) in accordance with DIN 30670 (Section 5.3.5).
Indentation depth shall not exceed 0.2mm at 20°C ± 5°C nor 0.3 mm at 70°C ±
2°C.
Impact Resistance
A sample of coated pipe shall be impact tested in accordance with the procedures
and acceptance criteria of DIN 30670.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 27 of 37
Impact resistance of the procedure pipe with FBE coating alone shall be assessed
in accordance with the procedure described in clause 12.12 of CAN/CSA
Z245-20-14.
Testing shall be at 30 equally spaced points along each pipe followed by holiday
testing.
For determination of impact resistance to pre-qualification testing, 58 or more
series of impact shall be made using a range of impact energy setting above and
below the expected value. At least two series of tests with the higher impact energy
shall show no defects. A graph shall be plotted of the number of impacts versus the
impact energy.
For the purpose of Production testing, one series of 10 impacts shall be made with
impact energy set at the specified minimum requirement.
Elongation Failure
This test shall be conducted on each of the full system pre-qualification pipes, 2
samples per pipe to the requirements of DIN 30670.
Cathodic Disbondment Testing
Cathodic disbondment testing shall be conducted, as follows:
•
As a pre-qualification test - 48 hours duration, maximum disbondment radius of
8mm.
•
As a pre-qualification test - 28 days duration at 20° C.
•
As a production test - 48 hours duration, at the frequency of one test per 350
coated pipes.
The 28-day test at time of pre-qualification shall be carried out for information only
if the results of 48 hours test were satisfactory. The criteria for rejection or
acceptance shall be based on the 48-hour test for both pre-qualification and
production and shall be carried out at 65°C. In case of rejection, Bidder shall
remove the entire coat from the tubes and shall start a new coating process with a
new MPS and PQT.
The test requirements shall be in accordance with CAN/CSA Z245.21-14, except
as modified below.
Every 24 hours the applied voltage and current flow shall be recorded. Any drift
from the specified voltage setting shall be corrected.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 28 of 37
The Bidder may propose alternative cathodic disbondment test standards provided
the essential requirements of this Specification be retained. Any such alternatives
shall be submitted to Buyer/Engineer for review and approval.
Transverse Electrical Resistivity Testing (Coating Resistivity)
Testing shall consist of measuring at regular intervals the insulation strength of the
coating of a pipe immersed in a salt solution. This test shall only be performed
once for information only.
The following equipment is required:
•
Basin filled with a decinormal NaCl solution.
•
Copper backplate electrode.
•
D.C. source, minimum voltage 50 V.
•
Suitable ammeter and voltmeter.
A test piece of the coated pipe shall be used and closed at one end to prevent the
salt solution from coming into contact with the pipe metal.
Prior to immersing the sleeve into the solution, it must be tested with a holiday
detector (at 25 kV). Connect the pipe to the negative pole of the DC source.
The transverse electric Resistivity Rs shall be calculated using the values U, A and
I as follows:
Rs =
Where:
•
U = Voltage of DC – source in volts
•
A = immersed pipe surface in m2 (minimum 0.03 m2)
•
I = current intensity in amps
The transverse resistivity of the coating after 100 days of immersion shall be at
least 108 [Ωm2].
The result are only reliable if the creep current is not greater than the measured
current I.
Creep current shunt as per DIN 53482 may be used.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 29 of 37
Alternatively, the manufacturer´s certificate for Transverse electrical Resistivity is
acceptable.
6.5
EXTERNAL COATING POLYURETHANE
6.5.1 Application
The polyurethane system shall be applied on clean and dry surfaces and in
accordance with the requirements stated of this specification.
Personnel in coat application works shall be qualified to apply the specified coating
system in accordance with the Vendor procedure.
All coatings shall be applied with tools defined in the data sheet of the product
(guns, brushes, airless, as indicated).
The coating shall be applied on a properly prepared, clean and dry surface, under
favorable environmental conditions and according to the instructions of the
polyurethane manufacturer. The coating shall not be applied over a surface with
moisture or dust.
The minimum and maximum drying time between the application of a layer and the
next one shall be in accordance with the instructions of the polyurethane
manufacturer.
Each layer of polyurethane shall be applied to the dry thickness (DTF) as specified.
The finished dry thickness shall be measured with a Mikrotest FIM/102 or another
equivalent, according to SSPC-PA 2.
Metallic surfaces shall be painted only if the surface temperature is before 38°C.
All Paints parts shall be mixed, thickened, applied, and cured in total accordance to
the manufacturer's latest published instructions.
The painted surface must be free of defects, such as overspray, porosity, bubbles,
craters, roughness or inadequate drying.
Vendor shall ensure that the maximum thickness is correctly applied over critical
areas such as edges and welds, because are critical points of failures in the
protective systems.
All the polyurethane layers of the protection system shall be applied in the
specified thicknesses and it must look homogeneous in terms of gloss, texture,
color and continuity.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 30 of 37
Coating works shall not be allowed if there is no environmental thermometer and
hygrometer at the work site.
The colors in the finishing layers will be in accordance with the indications given in
this specification.
6.5.2 Properties
The minimum requirements shall be:
•
Product:
Polyurethane
•
Solid content:
100%
•
Heat resistance:
100°C
•
Pull-off Strength ASTM D4541:
70 kg/cm2 minimum
•
Flexibility ASTM D522 (bending 180°):
Pass
•
Water Resistance ASTM D4585:
Pass
•
Hardness Shore ASTM A2240:
D 70
•
Sea Sat fog ASTM B117:
1000 hours min, without softening
•
Thickness DFT:
1250 µm
•
Color RAL:
7040
•
Cut back:
200 ± 20 mm
6.5.3 Test and Inspection
The test frequency and control for the polyurethane coating will be in accordance
with the requirements indicated in Table 5 of EN 10290 standard. The Vendor shall
provide all tests certificates done.
6.6
INTERNAL COATING FBE
6.6.1 Application
Once the pipe has been blast cleaned, it shall be preheated according to the
coating manufacturer's recommendations, but it must be taken into account that it
cannot exceed 275ºC.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 31 of 37
Coated pipes shall have an uncoated area at their ends of 6.4 cm +/- 1.0 cm.
The extreme environmental conditions for the application of the product; they
should be the following:
•
Temperature: 10º C minimum, 43º C maximum (at least 3º C above dew point)
•
Relative Humidity: 85% maximum
6.6.2 Properties
Fusion-bonded epoxy (FBE) lining shall meet the requirements outlined in Tables 1
and Table 2 of AWWA C213.
The limit values of epoxy powder are detailed in Table 6.1 of this specification.
The FBE coating must be of a quality “3M™ Scotchkote™ Fusion Bonded Epoxy
Coating 206N XTRA LG” or equivalent.
Table 6-7 – FBE Properties
Property
Unit
Acceptance Criteria
-Sieve opening of 100µm
%retained
maximum 10
-Sieve opening of 100µm
%retained
minimum 90
Test
Method
Particle size
Gel Time (at 200°C)
second
Density
gr/cm3
Moisture
%
Meet Supplier’s
Specification
Meet Supplier’s
Specification
maximum 0.5
ASTM
D3451
ASTM
D4217
ASTM D792
ASTM E203
Liquid paint with a high solid content or high body is characterized by being selfpriming, with high chemical resistance, high resistance to abrasion and high
resistance to corrosion, thus the paint to be used must have at least the properties
indicated
Table 6-8 – Paint properties
Properties
Termination
Solids (volume)
Solids (weight)
Mixed ratio
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Description
Bright
98% +/- 2%, mixed.
98% +/- 2%, mixed
4:1 by volume
Page 32 of 37
6.6.3 Thickness
To prevent cracking of the coating due to the bending of the pipes, the thickness
must be a minimum of 20 mils (508 µm).
6.6.4 Repairs
Two-part, 100% solids, liquid epoxy type patches compatible with the initially
applied FBE coating should be used for coating repair.
Repair materials must be of the following quality:
•
Two part epoxy liquid coating (3M Scotchkote 323-Brush or similar)
Repaired areas shall be overlapped base siding by a minimum of 13 mm. The
surface to be repaired shall be adequately prepared to ensure adhesion of the
repair material. The minimum thickness of the repaired coating must be in
accordance with section 6.6.3.
The maximum number of admissible defects in each pipe such that it can be
classified as "rejected and repaired" may not exceed 1 per 2 square meters.
No defect may exceed an area of 625 mm2. Pipes with coating defects greater than
625 mm2 shall be rejected.
Repairs must provide a coating that is as effective as the main coating on the
pipeline.
To take off the existing coat, the pipe shall be heated to a temperature not to
exceed 275°C in order to soften the coating to allow removal by scraping, followed
by abrasive blasting. All coating must be removed before recoating. The
identification of each stripped and relined pipe must be recorded.
The repaired areas must be inspected by Holyday Detector, according to section
5.3.3.1 of AWWA C213.
Pipes with major FBE defects, such as non-adhered coating or poor thickness,
must be reprocessed.
6.6.5 Test and Inspection
If the pipe thicknesses inspected at the factory do not meet the minimum
requirements indicated in this specification, the pipe must be shot-blasted again
and the entire cleaning and coating process must be carried out as indicated in the
previous points of this specification.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 33 of 37
Inspection of the coating shall be done in accordance with the requirements listed
in section 5.3.3 of AWWA C213.
The inspection procedure must be in accordance with the NACE TM0186-202
standard. “Holiday detection of Internal Tubular Coating of 250 to 760 µm (10 to 30
mils) Dry Film Thickness”.
7.
MARKING
Marking shall conform to the requirements of document N° I0641-9673-ET-500-003
“Technical Specification for Sea water Mainline Pipe”.
Pipe markings as prescribed in API Specification 5L 46th edition (including weight
of each pipe and heat number) and CAN/CSA Z245.20-14, shall be paint stenciled
on the inside of the pipe and transferred to the outside of the finished coating. If
this identification is missing or obliterated, the pipe section shall be rejected.
The following should be stenciled internally at both end of the pipe:
•
Project Name.
•
Purchase order item number.
•
Pipe diameter and wall thickness.
•
Steel Grade
•
Heat or cast number.
•
Manufacturer’s unique pipe number.
•
Coating identification number.
•
Pipe length.
•
Pipe weight.
There may be a combination of numbers necessary for unique identification. The
combination of numbers required shall be proposed by Bidder and approved at the
time of order.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 34 of 37
8.
PACKING, SHIPPING, AND STORAGE
8.1
GENERAL
The pipe may store outdoors for extended periods. The coating shall be sufficiently
flexible to be compatible with the normal pipe flexing encountered during pipeline
construction and for use with cold field bending of radius as small as 30-pipe
diameter.
The finished coating shall have the property of retaining good flexibility and color
integrity when exposed to sunlight and weathering for at least six months.
The kit of product, which travels on board ships, shall be stowed below deck with
hatch covers closed to prevent the contact of seawater to pipe metal.
The elements shall be handled in a way such that the chance of damage will be
kept to a minimum during shipping.
8.2
HANDLING OF COATED PIPE
Pipe shall be handled in such a manner as to protect the pipe, coating and beveled
ends from damage. Boomers or equivalent load bearing members shall always be
used for transport cross-country, on rough roads, and during boat loading. Only
padded fixing hooks shall be used for handling the pipe. A spreader bar shall be
used between lifting lines. During handling, the pipe shall be protected from
impacts or jars. Buyer shall be advised of any pipe suffering impact or jars. Lifting
equipment shall be Buyer approved.
A detailed Pipe Handling/Shipping Procedure shall be submitted to Buyer for
approval 60 days before any pipe handling/shipping is schedule to be shipped.
End caps (bevel protectors) shall be used to protect all prepared pipe ends, the
bevel protector shall be of such design, material and mechanical strength to avoid
damages during handling, shipping and transportation.
If Owner/Buyer or Owner’s designated representative observes coating or pipe
damage due to handling or stacking, the Bidder will be required to take immediate
corrective action.
The use of metal chains, wire ropes or cables is unacceptable. The pipe bevels
shall be inspected, and the interior of the pipe inspected for cleanliness, by the
Buyer's Inspector prior to replacement of the metal end protectors
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 35 of 37
8.3
PIPE STACKING
Pipe shall be stacked in such a manner to prevent damage to the pipe or coating.
Prior to use, the Bidder shall submit proposed stacking arrangements, including
stacking heights, to Buyer for review.
Stacked pipes shall be separated from each other to prevent damage in according
to API RP 5LW.
All pipes shall be stacked on level ground free from foreign materials, stones and
vegetation and on supports of a proven load bearing capacity. Pipes shall be
suitably spaced from the soil (minimum 150 mm) to prevent any contact with the
ground and to prevent surface water from entering during the entire storage period.
Pipe shall be prevented from exposure to salt spray.
Separation between coated pipe joints shall be provided by use of strips of soft
rubber, rope or other material, which will prevent damage to the coating. Pipe
stacks shall be of the same diameter, wall thickness and grade of pipe and shall be
clearly marked.
Slings or non-metallic straps shall be used for securing loads during transportation.
They shall be suitably padded at contact points with the pipe.
8.4
DAMAGE TO PIPE, PIPE ENDS AND REPAIR
No repair work shall proceed until a written procedure has been prepared by the
Vendor and approved by Buyer.
Minor damage to pipe and pipe ends/bevels, identified either at time of receipt or
after abrasive blasting shall be repaired by grinding. The number of such damages
shall be not more than 3 per pipe. Repair by grinding on the pipe or pipe
ends/bevels outside diameter shall not reduce the wall thickness to less than the
minimum requirements of the line pipe specification, when measured using
ultrasonic thickness measurement equipment.
All other damage to pipe ends/bevels shall be advised to Owner/Buyer for review.
Subject to Owner/Buyer approval, these defects may be repaired by removal of
damaged pipe material and re-beveling. No welding on the pipe surface shall be
allowed.
Pipe identification numbers shall be preserved during repair. The pipe tally to be
submitted to Owner/Buyer shall record all pipe lengths. Any reduction in pipe
lengths shall be input as a separate entry in the tally.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 36 of 37
If pipe or coatings are damaged whilst under the control of the Bidder, the Bidder
shall reimburse Owner/Buyer for the cost of the repairs or replacement of all such
pipe, and the cost of additional inspection and transport.
8.5
SHIPPING
The Bidder's bid shall include shipping and all packing for shipping costs involved
for delivery as stated in the material requisition.
N° I0641-9673-ET-500-004-0
Page 37 of 37
GERENCIA DE PROYECTOS
INGENIERÍA DE DETALLES IMPULSIÓN DE AGUA DE MAR TEA, NUEVA VICTORIA.
N° DE PROYECTO 9500010981
INGENIERÍA DE DETALLES
MEMORIA DE CÁLCULO
SISTEMA DE IMPULSIÓN EBP
ACTUALIZACIÓN
DOCUMENTO SQM
Nº I0641-9673-MC-500-014
PÁGINAS
DOCUMENTO INTERNO
1 de 34
N° P289-MEM-PH-0010
APROBACIONES
REV.
A
B
0
FECHA
POR
REV.
JEFE
PROYECTO
F. FLÓREZ
F. PARGA
K. OVIEDO
14/12/22
10/02/23
24/03/23
DESCRIPCIÓN
SQM
COORDINACIÓN INTERNA
A. FUENZALIDA/
F. FLÓREZ
F. PARGA
A. FUENZALIDA/
F. FLÓREZ
J. ESTAY
K. OVIEDO
APROBACIÓN CLIENTE
K. OVIEDO
PARA CONSTRUCCIÓN
ÍNDICE
Páginas
1.
INTRODUCCIÓN .......................................................................................................3
2.
OBJETIVO .................................................................................................................4
3.
LÍMITE DE BATERÍAS .............................................................................................. 4
4.
ANTECEDENTES ......................................................................................................5
5.
DESCRIPCIÓN ..........................................................................................................7
6.
CRITERIOS DE DISEÑO ...........................................................................................9
7.
CÁLCULOS HIDRÁULICOS ................................................................................... 10
8.
CONCLUSIONES .................................................................................................... 15
ANEXO 1 CÁLCULOS HIDRÁULICOS SISTEMA DE IMPULSIÓN EBP, RÉGIMEN
PERMANENTE................................................................................................................... 16
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 2 de 34
1.
INTRODUCCIÓN
SQM a través de la Gerencia de Proyectos, está en la fase de ejecución del
Proyecto de Impulsión de Agua de Mar TEA, el cual consiste en un sistema de
aducción, tuberías y estaciones de bombeo para levantar un máximo de 900 l/s
desde la playa el sector de Puerto Patillo, ubicada a 62 km al sur de la ciudad de
Iquique, hasta las pozas de recepción ubicadas en la zona de Pampa Hermosa
Oeste a una elevación de 1024 msnm, cercano a la antigua oficina salitrera
Victoria, con un largo total de ductos desde la aducción a la piscina de recepción
de casi 44 km.
La captación de agua de mar ubicada en sector Puerto Patillo se realizará a través
de una torre de captación y un ducto submarino. La tubería de captación,
contrapesos y paso por la rompiente alimentara una sentina con sistema de
compuertas y filtro de rejas en las cual se disponen bombas verticales multietapa
denominada Estación Bombeo Auxiliar (EBA). La EBA alimentará una Estación de
Bombeo Principal (EBP) ubicada aproximadamente a 2 kilómetros de distancia, la
cual recibirá el agua en un estanque de almacenamiento y utilizará un sistema de
bombas centrífugas horizontales multietapa para su impulsión hasta las piscinas
de recepción en el punto de destino, ubicadas en el sector de Pampa Hermosa,
conducción que en total posee una longitud de 40 kilómetros aproximadamente. El
pipeline en su trazado contará con tres piscinas de emergencia, ubicadas en
puntos de acumulación a lo largo de su extensión.
El presente servicio de ingeniería, solicitado por SQM a JRI Ingeniería S.A., se
ampara en el Contrato N°9500010981, denominado “Ingeniería de Detalles
Impulsión de Agua de Mar Tea, Nueva Victoria”.
Este documento corresponde al diseño hidráulico en régimen permanente del
sistema de impulsión desde la Estación de Bombeo Principal (EBP) hasta su
descarga en las pozas de recepción.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 3 de 34
2.
OBJETIVO
El objetivo de esta memoria de cálculo es presentar el diseño hidráulico, a nivel de
Ingeniería de Detalles, del sistema de impulsión desde la estación de bombeo
EBP hasta su descarga en las pozas de recepción.
Cabe mencionar que el análisis transiente de la impulsión será abordado en
documento específico “Memoria de Cálculo Transiente EBP Actualización”,
documento N° I0641-9673-MC-500-0016.
3.
LÍMITE DE BATERÍAS
El límite de baterías del presente documento corresponde al siguiente:

Por aguas arriba: estanque de la estación de bombeo principal.

Por aguas abajo: descarga de tubería de impulsión en pozas de recepción.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 4 de 34
4.
ANTECEDENTES
Los antecedentes utilizados para el desarrollo de la presente memoria de cálculo
son los siguientes:
[1]. Documento N° I0641-9673-CD-500-001, “Criterios de Diseño Hidráulicos”.
Ingeniería de Detalles Impulsión de Agua de Mar TEA, Nueva Victoria.
Elaborado por JRI Ingeniería S.A., 2023.
[2]. Documento N° I0641-9673-IT-500-001, “Estudio de Trade-Off Sistema de
Impulsión Estación de Bombeo Principal”. Ingeniería de Detalles Impulsión
de Agua de Mar TEA, Nueva Victoria. Elaborado por JRI Ingeniería S.A.,
2023.
[3]. “API Specification 5L, 46th Edition”. Elaborado por American Petroleum
Institute (API), 2018.
[4]. “Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids and Slurries. B31.4-2022”,
Elaborado por The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 2022.
[5]. “API Standard 610: Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and
Natural Gas Industries”, Elaborado por American Petroleum Institute (API),
2021.
[6]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-208 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 0 a km 3,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de Mar
TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[7]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-209 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 3,0 a km 6,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[8]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-210 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 6,0 a km 9,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[9]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-211 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 9,0 a km 12,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[10]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-212 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 12,0 a km 16,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 5 de 34
[11]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-213 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 15,0 a km 18,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[12]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-214 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 18,0 a km 21,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[13]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-215 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 21,0 a km 24,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[14]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-216 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 24,0 a km 27,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[15]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-217 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 27,0 a km 30,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[16]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-218 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 30,0 a km 33,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[17]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-219 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 33,0 a km 36,0”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
[18]. Plano N° I0177-9673-PL-500-220 R2, “Planta y Elevaciones Cañería
Impulsión Tramo km. 36,0 a km 38,7”, Actualización Planos Trazado Agua de
Mar TEA, Ingeniería Básica Avanzada, Procure, 2022.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 6 de 34
5.
DESCRIPCIÓN
El proyecto Impulsión Agua de Mar TEA Nueva Victoria tiene por finalidad
abastecer con un máximo de 900 l/s agua de mar a utilizarse en los distintos
procesos de la futura planta de SQM ubicada en las cercanías de la antigua oficina
salitrera Victoria.
El agua será captada por una torre de captación ubicada en Puerto Patillos,
ubicada 62 km al sur de Iquique, y será conducida mediante tubería hasta la
Estación de Bombeo Auxiliar (EBA). El sistema de captación y conducción hasta
EBA no forma parte del alcance del presente contrato.
La sentina de la EBA consistirá en un sistema de filtrado mediante rejas y bombas
centrífugas verticales que permitirán impulsar el flujo hacia la Estación de Bombeo
Principal (EBP) por tuberías de HDPE. La EBP se encuentra ubicada
aproximadamente a 1,8 km de la EBA.
La EBP dispondrá de un estanque del cual se abastecerán bombas centrífugas
horizontales multietapas, las cuales por medio de tubería de acero permitirán
impulsar el agua de mar hacia las pozas de recepción ubicadas en la estación
terminal, ubicado 38 km aproximadamente de la EBP. El diseño considera la
implementación de tres piscinas de emergencia en los puntos bajos del trazado,
los cuales operarán en caso de emergencia en el sistema de impulsión.
En la Figura 5.1 se muestra el trazado en planta de la impulsión de agua de mar
TEA Nueva Victoria.
Figura 5.1. Vista en planta del sistema de impulsión hasta las pozas de
Recepción. Plano base tomado de OpenStreetMap.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 7 de 34
En la Figura 5.2 se muestra el perfil transversal del trazado de la línea de
impulsión desde la EBP hasta las pozas de recepción, la cual es el foco de la
presente memoria de cálculo.
Figura 5.2. Vista transversal del sistema de impulsión entre la EBP y las pozas de
Recepción.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 8 de 34
6.
CRITERIOS DE DISEÑO
Los criterios de diseño hidráulicos utilizados para el cálculo en régimen
permanente de las línea de impulsión de EBP son aquellos indicados en
documento “Criterios de Diseño Hidráulicos” (Ref. [1]).
Adicionalmente, se consideran los siguientes criterios específicos:
1. Se considera tubería de acero API 5L X65 de 32” de diámetro, revestida
internamente con FBE en los primeros 37 km del trazado aproximadamente y,
posteriormente, se considera tubería de HDPE de 1000 mm, PN16 PE 100
para los últimos 1,8 km.
2. El espesor de la tubería será variable de acuerdo con los requerimientos de
presión del sistema.
3. Se consideran 20 años de vida útil de la conducción.
4. El perfil hidráulico se calcula para el escenario de tubería usada, considerando
rugosidad (ε) igual a 0,3 mm.
5. Los cálculos de las curvas características del sistema se realizan para los
escenarios de tubería nueva y usada, considerando respectivamente rugosidad
(ε) igual a 0,025 mm y 0,3 mm.
6. Se utilizarán bombas centrífugas horizontales referenciales de RuhrPumpen
suministradas por SQM.
7. Se considera flujo de impulsión de tres etapas: 350 l/s, 700 l/s, hasta un
máximo de 900 l/s con uso de variador de frecuencia (VDF) en las bombas.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 9 de 34
7.
CÁLCULOS HIDRÁULICOS
A continuación, se muestran los cálculos hidráulicos y los resultados obtenidos
para el diseño del sistema de impulsión proyectado.
Las singularidades que tendrá el sistema de impulsión se muestran en la Tabla
7.1.
Tabla 7.1. Singularidades sistema de impulsión EBP.
Singularidad
Salida estanque
Flujómetro
Válvula compuerta
Válvula retención
Expansión o reducción
Tee cambio dirección
Tee paso directo
Codo 90
Total
k
0,5
0,3
0,2
2
0,2
1
0,15
0,75
Cantidad
1
1
4
1
5
2
14
2
10,2
En la Tabla 7.2 se muestran las características de la tubería requerida para la
impulsión de agua de mar de EBP.
Tabla 7.2. Configuración de tubería requerida para impulsión de EBP.
Tramo
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Diámetro Espesor
Material
(pulgadas) (mm)
15,9
32
Acero API 5L X65
11,1
32
Acero API 5L X65
10,3
32
Acero API 5L X65
9,5
32
Acero API 5L X65
7,9
32
Acero API 5L X65
7,1
32
Acero API 5L X65
6,4
32
Acero API 5L X65
90,2
40
HDPE PN16 PE100
Desde
(m)
0
1555
3615
11015
19415
22015
31015
37015
Hasta Distancia
(m)
(m)
1555
1555
3615
2060
11015
7400
19415
8400
22015
2600
9000
31015
6000
37015
1800
38815
Página 10 de 34
Las principales características operacionales del sistema cuando se impulsa el
caudal máximo de 900 l/s se muestran en la Tabla 7.3.
Tabla 7.3 Características operacionales promedio de la línea de impulsión EBP,
(Q=900 l/s).
Característica
Diámetro externo
Espesor
Caudal
Acero
Velocidad media
Factor de fricción
J
Diámetro externo
Espesor
Caudal
HDPE
Velocidad
Factor de fricción
J
TDH
Valor
32
variable
0,9
1,81
0,016
0,0036
40
90,2
0,9
1,71
0,016
0,0029
1106
Unidad
pulgadas
mm
m3/s
m/s
m/m
pulg
mm
m3/s
m/s
m/m
mcf
El perfil hidráulico correspondiente se muestra en la Figura 7.1. Además, en la
misma Figura 7.1, se identifican los tramos con diferentes espesores según lo que
se presentó en la Tabla 7.2. El cálculo en detalle del sistema de impulsión para
este caudal se puede ver en el Anexo 1 del presente informe
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 11 de 34
Figura 7.1 Perfil hidráulico impulsión EBP.
De acuerdo con el documento de la Ref.[2], el sistema de impulsión estará
compuesto por 5 bombas centrífugas horizontales multi-etapa de iguales
características cuya operación consiste en el uso de dos unidades con variador de
frecuencia (VDF) que impulsan 350 l/s, luego con cuatro bombas en operación con
VDF que impulsan hasta 700 l/s y, finalmente, 900 l/s también con VDF.
Se utilizarán bombas centrífugas horizontales referenciales de RuhrPumpen
suministradas por SQM. La curva característica de la bomba referencial escogida
se muestra en la Figura 7.2.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 12 de 34
Figura 7.2 Bomba centrífuga referencial EBP
La Figura 7.3 muestra las curvas características para diferentes configuraciones
en paralelo de esta misma bomba referencial considerando el uso de VDF.
Además, en la misma Figura 7.3, se muestran las curvas características del
sistema, tanto para el escenario de tubería nueva como de tubería usada. Se han
marcado los puntos de operación para los tres casos de caudal de impulsión.
Los requerimientos de potencia y otras características de operación relevantes de
la estación para cada uno de los puntos de operación se muestran en la Tabla 7.4.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 13 de 34
Figura 7.3 Configuración de operación
Característica
Flujo
Flujo
Cantidad bombas
RPM
TDH
Caudal por bomba
Densidad
Eficiencia
Transmisión
Potencia consumida
Potencia instalada
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Tabla 7.4 Requerimientos para cada punto de operación.
Unidad
Nueva
Usada
350
700
900
350
700
l/s
1260
2520
3240
1260
2520
m3/h
2
4
5
2
4
un
2817
2861
2935
2817
2891
mcf
997
1036
1072
997
1055
l/s
175
175
180
175
175
t/m3
1,03
1,03
1,03
1,03
1,03
%
82
82
82
82
82
%
0,95
0,95
0,95
0,95
0,95
HP
3076
3196
3402
3076
3255
3500
HP
3500
Página 14 de 34
900
3240
5
2950
1106
179
1,03
82
0,95
3498
8.
CONCLUSIONES
De acuerdo con los cálculos efectuados, se concluye lo siguiente:
-
Se utilizó tubería de acero API 5L X65 de 32” con revestimiento interno de FBE
en los primeros 37 km del trazado. Luego, se consideró tubería de HDPE de
1000 mm, PN 16 PE 100 para los últimos 1,8 km.
-
Los espesores de tubería varían de acuerdo con los requerimientos de presión
del sistema. Los espesores requeridos son los indicados en la Tabla 8.1.
Tabla 8.1. Configuración de tubería requerida para impulsión de EBP.
Tramo Diámetro
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
32"
32"
32"
32"
32"
32"
32"
40”
Espesor
Material
(mm)
15,9
Acero API 5L X65
11,1
Acero API 5L X65
10,3
Acero API 5L X65
9,5
Acero API 5L X65
7,9
Acero API 5L X65
7,1
Acero API 5L X65
6,4
Acero API 5L X65
90,2
HDPE PN16 PE100
Desde
(m)
0
1555
3615
11015
19415
22015
31015
37015
Hasta Distancia
(m)
(m)
1555
1555
3615
2060
11015
7400
19415
8400
22015
2600
9000
31015
6000
37015
1800
38815
-
El sistema de impulsión estará compuesto por 5 bombas centrífugas
horizontales multi-etapa de iguales características cuya operación consiste en
el uso de dos unidades con variador de frecuencia (VDF) que impulsan 350 l/s,
luego con cuatro bombas en operación con VDF que impulsan hasta 700 l/s y,
finalmente, cinco bombas en operación con VDF que impulsan un caudal de
900 l/s.
-
El escenario de tubería más conservador es el de tubería usada, puesto que
requiere mayor valor de TDH. Por consiguiente, para impulsar un flujo de 900
l/s se requiere un TDH de 1106 m. Adicionalmente, se obtuvo que cada una de
las 5 bombas requiere una potencia instalada de 3500 HP.
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 15 de 34
ANEXO 1
CÁLCULOS HIDRÁULICOS SISTEMA DE IMPULSIÓN EBP, RÉGIMEN PERMANENTE
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 16 de 34
A1. Cálculos hidráulicos para Q=900 l/s, tubería usada.
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
0
33,207
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,00
1139
1287
155
33,45
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
10,2
2,41
1137
1287
355
45,698
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1136
1299
555
55,737
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1135
1309
755
72,151
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1135
1325
755
72,151
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,00
1134
1325
955
105,623
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1134
1359
955
105,623
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1133
1359
1155
176,93
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1133
1430
1355
282,901
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1132
1536
1555
409,695
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,0003
1,88
1286724
0,016
0
0,75
1132
1663
1555
409,695
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,00
1132
1285
1755
413,794
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1131
1289
1955
415,079
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1130
1290
2155
420,14
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1130
1295
2355
422,818
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1129
1298
2555
428,475
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1128
1303
2755
430,345
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1128
1305
2955
434,611
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1127
1310
3215
445,785
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,91
1126
1321
3415
447,359
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1125
1322
3615
467,62
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,0003
1,83
1271104
0,016
0
0,70
1124
1343
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 17 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
3615
467,62
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1124
1280
3815
469,258
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1124
1281
4015
475,571
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1124
1287
4015
475,571
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,00
1124
1287
4215
481,877
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1123
1294
4415
487,34
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1123
1299
4615
478,562
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1122
1290
4815
472,737
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1122
1285
5015
471,13
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1121
1283
5215
472,302
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1120
1284
5415
468,04
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1120
1280
5615
465,676
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1119
1278
5815
464,124
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1118
1276
6015
460,595
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1118
1273
6215
458,496
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1117
1270
6415
455,367
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1116
1267
6615
457,994
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1115
1270
6815
452,832
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1115
1265
7015
449,877
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1114
1262
7215
451,466
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1113
1263
7415
448,344
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1113
1260
7615
450,335
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1112
1262
7815
449,805
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1111
1262
8015
449,491
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1111
1261
8215
451,023
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1110
1263
8415
453,319
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1109
1265
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 18 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
8615
454,863
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1109
1267
8815
456,14
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1108
1268
9015
458,162
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1107
1270
9215
461,81
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1106
1274
9415
466,553
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1106
1278
9615
469,559
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1105
1281
9815
472,169
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1104
1284
10015
478,701
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1104
1291
10215
487,821
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1103
1300
10415
498,263
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1102
1310
10615
513,282
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1102
1325
10815
522,346
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1101
1334
11015
544,697
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,0003
1,83
1268537
0,016
0
0,69
1100
1357
11015
544,697
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,00
1099
1294
11215
561,602
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1099
1310
11415
569,532
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1099
1318
11615
589,866
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1098
1339
11815
605,135
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1097
1354
12015
616,939
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1097
1366
12015
616,939
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,00
1097
1366
12215
604,523
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1096
1353
12415
592,939
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1096
1342
12615
588,912
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1095
1338
12815
583,913
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1095
1333
13015
601,092
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1095
1350
13215
608,873
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1094
1358
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 19 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
13415
602
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1093
1351
13615
597,246
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1093
1346
13815
594,664
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1092
1344
14015
589,196
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1091
1338
14215
590,083
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1091
1339
14415
585,75
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1090
1335
14615
565,672
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1089
1315
14815
555,172
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1088
1304
15015
554,835
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1088
1304
15215
555,549
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1087
1304
15415
558,402
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1086
1307
15615
561,288
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1086
1310
15815
566,156
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1085
1315
16015
572
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1084
1321
16015
572
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1084
1321
16215
578,682
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1084
1328
16415
581,088
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1083
1330
16615
585,614
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1082
1334
16815
590
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1082
1339
17015
596,687
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1081
1346
17215
594,692
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1080
1344
17415
600,54
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1080
1349
17615
593,276
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1079
1342
17615
593,276
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,00
1078
1342
17815
603,747
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1078
1353
18015
610,637
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1077
1359
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 20 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
18215
614,005
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1077
1363
18415
618,798
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1076
1368
18615
628,217
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1075
1377
18815
631,157
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1075
1380
19015
637,488
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1074
1386
19215
637,488
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1073
1386
19415
652,37
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,0003
1,82
1265981
0,016
0
0,69
1073
1401
19415
652,37
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,00
1072
1275
19615
656,756
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1072
1279
19815
664,036
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1071
1287
20015
677,9
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1071
1301
20015
677,9
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,00
1070
1301
20215
682,732
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1070
1305
20415
686,609
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1069
1309
20615
691,25
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1069
1314
20815
695
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1068
1318
21015
700,658
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1067
1323
21215
705,606
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1067
1328
21415
709
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1066
1332
21615
717,575
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1065
1340
21815
726,158
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,0003
1,80
1260900
0,016
0
0,67
1065
1349
22015
735,859
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1064
1359
22015
735,859
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1064
1296
22215
743,476
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1063
1303
22415
748,816
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1063
1308
22615
751,997
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1062
1312
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 21 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
22815
760,641
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1061
1320
23015
770,312
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1061
1330
23215
777,254
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1060
1337
23415
787,97
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1059
1348
23615
792,605
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1059
1352
23815
793,79
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1058
1353
24015
798,075
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1057
1358
24215
801,434
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1057
1361
24415
804
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1056
1364
24615
800,052
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1055
1360
24815
795
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1055
1355
25015
795,747
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1054
1355
25215
794,154
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1053
1354
25415
789
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1053
1349
25615
783,945
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1052
1344
25615
783,945
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1052
1344
25815
778,004
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1051
1338
26015
772,578
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1051
1332
26215
766,799
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1050
1326
26415
760,999
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1049
1321
26615
756,25
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1049
1316
26815
764,277
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1048
1324
27015
783,987
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1047
1344
27215
784,219
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1047
1344
27415
762,381
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1046
1322
27615
751,065
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1045
1311
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 22 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
27815
732,354
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1045
1292
28015
726,747
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1044
1286
28215
727,568
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1043
1287
28415
716,349
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1043
1276
28615
706,884
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1042
1267
28815
705
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1041
1265
29015
706,157
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1041
1266
29215
712,981
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1040
1273
29415
721,596
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1039
1281
29615
725,433
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1039
1285
29815
726,685
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1038
1286
30015
730,356
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1037
1290
30215
740,269
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1037
1300
30415
763,15
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1036
1323
30615
761,068
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1035
1321
30815
749,283
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1035
1309
31015
759,008
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,0003
1,80
1258374
0,016
0
0,67
1034
1319
31015
759,008
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1034
1263
31215
763,836
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1033
1268
31415
775,957
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1033
1280
31615
784,2
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1032
1289
31815
802,877
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1031
1307
32015
806
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1031
1310
32215
807,664
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1030
1312
32415
824,496
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1029
1329
32615
833,553
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1029
1338
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 23 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
32815
844,118
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1028
1349
33015
859,096
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1027
1364
33215
872,234
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1027
1377
33415
880,909
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1026
1385
33615
887,971
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1025
1392
33815
892,435
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1025
1397
34015
869,428
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1024
1374
34215
864,238
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1023
1369
34215
864,238
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,00
1023
1369
34415
864,735
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1023
1369
34615
866,56
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1023
1371
34815
869,297
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1022
1374
35015
875,549
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1021
1380
35215
890,706
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1021
1395
35415
903,237
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1020
1408
35615
913,575
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1019
1418
35815
919,993
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1019
1424
36015
921,092
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1018
1426
36015
921,092
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,00
1018
1426
36215
930,363
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1017
1435
36415
941,284
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1017
1446
36415
941,284
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,00
1017
1446
36615
956,652
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1017
1461
36815
964,232
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1016
1469
37015
973,211
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,0003
1,79
1256172
0,016
0
0,66
1015
1478
37015
973,211
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,00
1015
1129
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 24 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
37215
980,142
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1015
1135
37415
986,735
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1014
1142
37615
992,642
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1014
1148
37815
1000,824
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1013
1156
38015
998,549
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1013
1154
38215
1000,5
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1012
1156
38415
1002,972
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1011
1158
38615
1008,716
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1011
1164
38815
1010,212
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,0003
1,71
1226439
0,016
0
0,58
1010
1166
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 25 de 34
A2. Cálculos hidráulicos para Q=900 l/s, tubería nueva.
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
0
33,207
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,00
1250
1253
155
33,45
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
10,2
2,26
1250
1253
355
45,698
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
1236
1253
555
55,737
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
1230
1253
755
72,151
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
1227
1253
755
72,151
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,00
1227
1253
955
105,623
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
1183
1253
955
105,623
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
1183
1253
1155
176,93
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
1106
1253
1355
282,901
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
998
1253
1555
409,695
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0159
0,7812
0,000025
1,88
1286724
0,012
0
0,55
870
1253
1555
409,695
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,00
870
875
1755
413,794
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
861
875
1955
415,079
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
859
875
2155
420,14
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
856
875
2355
422,818
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
852
875
2555
428,475
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
845
875
2755
430,345
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
842
875
2955
434,611
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
837
875
3215
445,785
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,67
825
875
3415
447,359
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
822
875
3615
467,62
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0111
0,7908
0,000025
1,83
1271104
0,012
0
0,52
800
875
3615
467,62
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
800
812
3815
469,258
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
802
812
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 26 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
4015
475,571
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
792
812
4015
475,571
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,00
792
812
4215
481,877
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
785
812
4415
487,34
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
778
812
4615
478,562
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
789
812
4815
472,737
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
793
812
5015
471,13
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
792
812
5215
472,302
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
788
812
5415
468,04
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
782
812
5615
465,676
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
783
812
5815
464,124
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
785
812
6015
460,595
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
787
812
6215
458,496
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
788
812
6415
455,367
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
790
812
6615
457,994
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
791
812
6815
452,832
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
792
812
7015
449,877
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
793
812
7215
451,466
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
792
812
7415
448,344
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
797
812
7615
450,335
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
791
812
7815
449,805
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
792
812
8015
449,491
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
790
812
8215
451,023
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
780
812
8415
453,319
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
776
812
8615
454,863
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
772
812
8815
456,14
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
771
812
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 27 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
9015
458,162
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
770
812
9215
461,81
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
769
812
9415
466,553
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
762
812
9615
469,559
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
764
812
9815
472,169
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
762
812
10015
478,701
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
756
812
10215
487,821
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
739
812
10415
498,263
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
742
812
10615
513,282
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
715
812
10815
522,346
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
709
812
11015
544,697
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0103
0,7924
0,000025
1,83
1268537
0,012
0
0,51
686
812
11015
544,697
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,00
686
749
11215
561,602
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
670
749
11415
569,532
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
660
749
11615
589,866
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
638
749
11815
605,135
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
623
749
12015
616,939
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
610
749
12015
616,939
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,00
610
749
12215
604,523
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
650
749
12415
592,939
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
635
749
12615
588,912
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
640
749
12815
583,913
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
647
749
13015
601,092
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
627
749
13215
608,873
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
622
749
13415
602
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
633
749
13615
597,246
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
633
749
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 28 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
13815
594,664
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
634
749
14015
589,196
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
643
749
14215
590,083
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
644
749
14415
585,75
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
648
749
14615
565,672
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
668
749
14815
555,172
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
679
749
15015
554,835
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
680
749
15215
555,549
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
682
749
15415
558,402
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
677
749
15615
561,288
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
677
749
15815
566,156
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
672
749
16015
572
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
668
749
16015
572
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
668
749
16215
578,682
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
662
749
16415
581,088
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
660
749
16615
585,614
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
657
749
16815
590
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
653
749
17015
596,687
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
681
749
17215
594,692
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
683
749
17415
600,54
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
677
749
17615
593,276
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
683
749
17615
593,276
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,00
683
749
17815
603,747
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
675
749
18015
610,637
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
671
749
18215
614,005
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
667
749
18415
618,798
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
663
749
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 29 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
18615
628,217
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
654
749
18815
631,157
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
651
749
19015
637,488
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
645
749
19215
637,488
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
647
749
19415
652,37
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0095
0,794
0,000025
1,82
1265981
0,012
0
0,51
633
749
19415
652,37
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,00
633
623
19615
656,756
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
628
623
19815
664,036
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
623
623
20015
677,9
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
610
623
20015
677,9
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,00
610
623
20215
682,732
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
602
623
20415
686,609
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
601
623
20615
691,25
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
599
623
20815
695
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
600
623
21015
700,658
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
597
623
21215
705,606
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
592
623
21415
709
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
590
623
21615
717,575
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
568
623
21815
726,158
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7972
0,000025
1,80
1260900
0,012
0
0,50
523
623
22015
735,859
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0079
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
543
623
22015
735,859
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
543
560
22215
743,476
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
506
560
22415
748,816
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
527
560
22615
751,997
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
508
560
22815
760,641
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
501
560
23015
770,312
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
492
560
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 30 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
23215
777,254
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
484
560
23415
787,97
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
475
560
23615
792,605
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
466
560
23815
793,79
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
469
560
24015
798,075
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
465
560
24215
801,434
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
461
560
24415
804
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
458
560
24615
800,052
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
462
560
24815
795
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
466
560
25015
795,747
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
466
560
25215
794,154
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
460
560
25415
789
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
485
560
25615
783,945
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
457
560
25615
783,945
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
457
560
25815
778,004
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
440
560
26015
772,578
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
437
560
26215
766,799
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
435
560
26415
760,999
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
450
560
26615
756,25
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
450
560
26815
764,277
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
441
560
27015
783,987
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
420
560
27215
784,219
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
418
560
27415
762,381
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
441
560
27615
751,065
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
459
560
27815
732,354
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
449
560
28015
726,747
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
464
560
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 31 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
28215
727,568
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
468
560
28415
716,349
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
481
560
28615
706,884
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
489
560
28815
705
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
491
560
29015
706,157
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
503
560
29215
712,981
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
495
560
29415
721,596
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
452
560
29615
725,433
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
467
560
29815
726,685
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
468
560
30015
730,356
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
466
560
30215
740,269
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
456
560
30415
763,15
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
429
560
30615
761,068
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
428
560
30815
749,283
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
447
560
31015
759,008
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0071
0,7988
0,000025
1,80
1258374
0,012
0
0,49
444
560
31015
759,008
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
444
504
31215
763,836
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
442
504
31415
775,957
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
427
504
31615
784,2
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
423
504
31815
802,877
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
408
504
32015
806
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
410
504
32215
807,664
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
399
504
32415
824,496
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
382
504
32615
833,553
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
372
504
32815
844,118
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
362
504
33015
859,096
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
350
504
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 32 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
33215
872,234
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
334
504
33415
880,909
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
314
504
33615
887,971
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
293
504
33815
892,435
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
326
504
34015
869,428
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
303
504
34215
864,238
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
301
504
34215
864,238
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,00
301
504
34415
864,735
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
295
504
34615
866,56
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
297
504
34815
869,297
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
293
504
35015
875,549
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
280
504
35215
890,706
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
264
504
35415
903,237
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
243
504
35615
913,575
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
229
504
35815
919,993
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
218
504
36015
921,092
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
210
504
36015
921,092
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,00
210
504
36215
930,363
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
203
504
36415
941,284
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
181
504
36415
941,284
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,00
181
504
36615
956,652
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
159
504
36815
964,232
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
146
504
37015
973,211
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
0,813
0,0064
0,8002
0,000025
1,79
1256172
0,012
0
0,49
102
504
37015
973,211
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,00
102
155
37215
980,142
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
96
155
37415
986,735
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
92
155
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 33 de 34
Características
Características Fluido
Características Tubería
Características Flujo
Perfil de Presiones
topográficas
Distancia
Cota
Densidad
Caudal
Viscosidad
Diámetro
Espesor
Diámetro
Externo
de
Interno
Rugosidad
Velocidad
Reynolds
Coeficiente
Coeficiente
Total
fricción
Singular
pérdidas de
Diseño
Normal
Admisible
Normal
Carga
(m)
(m)
[Ton/m3]
[m3/s]
Pa .s
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m]
[m/s]
[]
[]
[]
[m]
[m.c.a.]
[m.c.a.]
37615
992,642
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
80
155
37815
1000,824
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
61
155
38015
998,549
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
68
155
38215
1000,5
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
56
155
38415
1002,972
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
51
155
38615
1008,716
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
44
155
38815
1010,212
1,03
0,9
0,00000114
1
0,0902
0,8196
0,000025
1,71
1226439
0,012
0
0,43
43
155
N° I0641-9673-MC-500-014
Página 34 de 34